Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login
to enable hyperlinks.
Comment: | Merge trunk |
---|---|
Downloads: | Tarball | ZIP archive | SQL archive |
Timelines: | family | ancestors | tkprint-cups |
Files: | files | file ages | folders |
SHA3-256: |
04ec48cff48368081a9854296cd440da |
User & Date: | emiliano 2024-06-19 00:56:23 |
2024-06-19
| ||
00:56 | Merge trunk Leaf check-in: 04ec48cf user: emiliano tags: tkprint-cups | |
2024-06-18
| ||
08:44 | Merge 8.7 check-in: 3904bd59 user: oehhar tags: trunk, main | |
2024-06-09
| ||
19:20 | Update to configure check-in: 3cd06e85 user: kevin_walzer tags: tkprint-cups | |
Changes to doc/TextLayout.3.
︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | have been returned by a previous call to \fBTk_GetFont\fR. .AP "const char" *string in Potentially multi-line string whose dimensions are to be computed and stored in the text layout. The \fIstring\fR must remain valid for the lifetime of the text layout. .AP int numChars in The number of characters to consider from \fIstring\fR. If | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 | have been returned by a previous call to \fBTk_GetFont\fR. .AP "const char" *string in Potentially multi-line string whose dimensions are to be computed and stored in the text layout. The \fIstring\fR must remain valid for the lifetime of the text layout. .AP int numChars in The number of characters to consider from \fIstring\fR. If \fInumChars\fR is negative, then assumes \fIstring\fR is null terminated and uses \fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR to determine the length of \fIstring\fR. .AP int wrapLength in Longest permissible line length, in pixels. Lines in \fIstring\fR will automatically be broken at word boundaries and wrapped when they reach this length. If \fIwrapLength\fR is too small for even a single character to fit on a line, it will be expanded to allow one character to |
︙ | ︙ | |||
172 173 174 175 176 177 178 | \fBTk_PointToChar\fR uses the information in \fIlayout\fR to determine the character closest to the given point. The point is specified with respect to the upper-left hand corner of the \fIlayout\fR, which is considered to be located at (0, 0). Any point whose \fIy\fR-value is less that 0 will be considered closest to the first character in the text layout; any point whose \fIy\fR-value is greater than the height of the text layout will be considered closest to the last character in the text layout. Any point | | | 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 | \fBTk_PointToChar\fR uses the information in \fIlayout\fR to determine the character closest to the given point. The point is specified with respect to the upper-left hand corner of the \fIlayout\fR, which is considered to be located at (0, 0). Any point whose \fIy\fR-value is less that 0 will be considered closest to the first character in the text layout; any point whose \fIy\fR-value is greater than the height of the text layout will be considered closest to the last character in the text layout. Any point whose \fIx\fR-value is negative will be considered closest to the first character on that line; any point whose \fIx\fR-value is greater than the width of the text layout will be considered closest to the last character on that line. The return value is the index of the character that was closest to the point, or one more than the index of any character (to indicate that the point was after the end of the string and that the corresponding caret would be at the end of the string). Given a \fIlayout\fR with no characters, the value 0 will always be returned, referring to a hypothetical zero-width |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/canvas.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | Specifies an increment for horizontal scrolling, in any of the usual forms permitted for screen distances. If the value of this option is greater than zero, the horizontal view in the window will be constrained so that the canvas x coordinate at the left edge of the window is always an even multiple of \fBxScrollIncrement\fR; furthermore, the units for scrolling (e.g., the change in view when the left and right arrows of a scrollbar are selected) will also be \fBxScrollIncrement\fR. If the value of | | | | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | Specifies an increment for horizontal scrolling, in any of the usual forms permitted for screen distances. If the value of this option is greater than zero, the horizontal view in the window will be constrained so that the canvas x coordinate at the left edge of the window is always an even multiple of \fBxScrollIncrement\fR; furthermore, the units for scrolling (e.g., the change in view when the left and right arrows of a scrollbar are selected) will also be \fBxScrollIncrement\fR. If the value of this option is negative or zero, then horizontal scrolling is unconstrained. .OP \-yscrollincrement yScrollIncrement ScrollIncrement Specifies an increment for vertical scrolling, in any of the usual forms permitted for screen distances. If the value of this option is greater than zero, the vertical view in the window will be constrained so that the canvas y coordinate at the top edge of the window is always an even multiple of \fByScrollIncrement\fR; furthermore, the units for scrolling (e.g., the change in view when the top and bottom arrows of a scrollbar are selected) will also be \fByScrollIncrement\fR. If the value of this option is negative or zero, then vertical scrolling is unconstrained. .BE .SH INTRODUCTION .PP The \fBcanvas\fR command creates a new window (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a canvas widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the |
︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 | always, because coordinates always appear in pairs. .IP \fInumber\fR 10 A decimal number giving the position of the desired character within the text item. 0 refers to the first character, 1 to the next character, and so on. If indexes are odd for lines and polygons, they will be automatically decremented by one. | | | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 | always, because coordinates always appear in pairs. .IP \fInumber\fR 10 A decimal number giving the position of the desired character within the text item. 0 refers to the first character, 1 to the next character, and so on. If indexes are odd for lines and polygons, they will be automatically decremented by one. A negative number is treated as if it were zero, and a number greater than the length of the text item is treated as if it were equal to the length of the text item. For polygons, negative numbers or numbers greater than the length of the coordinate list will be adjusted by adding or subtracting the length until the result is between zero and the length, inclusive. .IP \fBend\fR 10 Refers to the character or coordinate just after the last one in the item (same as the number of characters or coordinates in the item). |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/dialog.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | to display in the top portion of the dialog, to the left of the text. If this is an empty string then no bitmap is displayed in the dialog. .IP \fIdefault\fR If this is an integer greater than or equal to zero, then it gives the index of the button that is to be the default button for the dialog (0 for the leftmost button, and so on). | | | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 | to display in the top portion of the dialog, to the left of the text. If this is an empty string then no bitmap is displayed in the dialog. .IP \fIdefault\fR If this is an integer greater than or equal to zero, then it gives the index of the button that is to be the default button for the dialog (0 for the leftmost button, and so on). If negative or an empty string then there will not be any default button. .IP \fIstring\fR There will be one button for each of these arguments. Each \fIstring\fR specifies text to display in a button, in order from left to right. .PP After creating a dialog box, \fBtk_dialog\fR waits for the user to |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/entry.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | the valid Tcl boolean equivalent) then it means you reject the new edition and it will not occur and the \fB\-invalidcommand\fR will be evaluated if it is set. If it returns 1, then the new edition occurs. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | the valid Tcl boolean equivalent) then it means you reject the new edition and it will not occur and the \fB\-invalidcommand\fR will be evaluated if it is set. If it returns 1, then the new edition occurs. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. If the value is negative or zero, the widget picks a size just large enough to hold its current text. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBentry\fR command creates a new window (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into an entry widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/frame.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 | children of its own in this application. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. Note that \fB\-borderwidth\fR, \fB\-padx\fR and \fB\-pady\fR are ignored when configured as a container since a container has no border. .OP \-height height Height Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms | | | | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | children of its own in this application. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. Note that \fB\-borderwidth\fR, \fB\-padx\fR and \fB\-pady\fR are ignored when configured as a container since a container has no border. .OP \-height height Height Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is negative or zero then the window will not request any size at all. Note that this sets the total height of the frame, any \fB\-borderwidth\fR or similar is not added. Normally \fB\-height\fR should not be used if a propagating geometry manager, such as \fBgrid\fR or \fBpack\fR, is used within the frame since the geometry manager will override the height of the frame. .OP \-tile tile Tile .VS "8.7, TIP262" This specifies how to draw the background image (see |
︙ | ︙ | |||
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 | forms accepted by \fBTk_GetVisual\fR. If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same visual as its parent. The \fB\-visual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired width for the window in any of the forms | | | | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | forms accepted by \fBTk_GetVisual\fR. If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same visual as its parent. The \fB\-visual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired width for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is negative or zero then the window will not request any size at all. Note that this sets the total width of the frame, any \fB\-borderwidth\fR or similar is not added. Normally \fB\-width\fR should not be used if a propagating geometry manager, such as \fBgrid\fR or \fBpack\fR, is used within the frame since the geometry manager will override the width of the frame. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/labelframe.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | If the \fB\-colormap\fR option is not specified, the new window uses the same colormap as its parent. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-height height Height Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. | | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | If the \fB\-colormap\fR option is not specified, the new window uses the same colormap as its parent. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-height height Height Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is negative or zero then the window will not request any size at all. .OP \-labelanchor labelAnchor LabelAnchor Specifies where to place the label. A label is only displayed if the \fB\-text\fR option is not the empty string. Valid values for this option are (listing them clockwise) \fBnw\fR, \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBen\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBes\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR,\fBsw\fR, \fBws\fR, \fBw\fR and \fBwn\fR. |
︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 | If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same visual as its parent. The \fB\-visual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired width for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. | | | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same visual as its parent. The \fB\-visual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired width for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is negative or zero then the window will not request any size at all. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBlabelframe\fR command creates a new window (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a labelframe widget. Additional |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/message.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | in the vertical span of the window. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the length of lines in the window. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option has a value greater than zero then the \fB\-aspect\fR option is ignored and the \fB\-width\fR option determines the line length. | | | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | in the vertical span of the window. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the length of lines in the window. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option has a value greater than zero then the \fB\-aspect\fR option is ignored and the \fB\-width\fR option determines the line length. If this option value is negative or zero, then the \fB\-aspect\fR option determines the line length. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBmessage\fR command creates a new window (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a message widget. Additional |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/options.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
321 322 323 324 325 326 327 | .OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength For widgets that can perform word-wrapping, this option specifies the maximum line length. Lines that would exceed this length are wrapped onto the next line, so that no line is longer than the specified length. The value may be specified in any of the standard forms for screen distances. | | | 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 | .OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength For widgets that can perform word-wrapping, this option specifies the maximum line length. Lines that would exceed this length are wrapped onto the next line, so that no line is longer than the specified length. The value may be specified in any of the standard forms for screen distances. If this value is negative or zero then no wrapping is done: lines will break only at newline characters in the text. .OP \-xscrollcommand xScrollCommand ScrollCommand Specifies the prefix for a command used to communicate with horizontal scrollbars. When the view in the widget's window changes (or whenever anything else occurs that could change the display in a scrollbar, such as a change in the total size of the widget's |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/scale.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | value is changed via a widget command. The actual command consists of this option followed by a space and a real number indicating the new value of the scale. .OP \-digits digits Digits An integer specifying how many significant digits should be retained when converting the value of the scale to a string. | | | | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 | value is changed via a widget command. The actual command consists of this option followed by a space and a real number indicating the new value of the scale. .OP \-digits digits Digits An integer specifying how many significant digits should be retained when converting the value of the scale to a string. If the number is negative or zero, then the scale picks the smallest value that guarantees that every possible slider position prints as a different string. .OP \-from from From A real value corresponding to the left or top end of the scale. .OP \-label label Label A string to display as a label for the scale. For vertical scales the label is displayed just to the right of the top end of the scale. For horizontal scales the label is displayed just above the left end of the scale. If the option is specified as an empty string, no label is displayed. .OP \-length length Length Specifies the desired long dimension of the scale in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR). For vertical scales this is the scale's height; for horizontal scales it is the scale's width. .OP \-resolution resolution Resolution A real value specifying the resolution for the scale. If this value is greater than zero then the scale's value will always be rounded to an even multiple of this value, as will the endpoints of the scale. If the value is negative then no rounding occurs. Defaults to 1 (i.e., the value will be integral). .OP \-showvalue showValue ShowValue Specifies a boolean value indicating whether or not the current value of the scale is to be displayed. .OP \-sliderlength sliderLength SliderLength Specifies the size of the slider, measured in screen units along the slider's long dimension. The value may be specified in any of the forms acceptable |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/scrollbar.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | All scrollable widgets have \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR commands that take exactly the additional arguments appended by the scrollbar as described in \fBSCROLLING COMMANDS\fR below. .OP \-elementborderwidth elementBorderWidth BorderWidth Specifies the width of borders drawn around the internal elements of the scrollbar (the two arrows and the slider). The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. | | | | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 | All scrollable widgets have \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR commands that take exactly the additional arguments appended by the scrollbar as described in \fBSCROLLING COMMANDS\fR below. .OP \-elementborderwidth elementBorderWidth BorderWidth Specifies the width of borders drawn around the internal elements of the scrollbar (the two arrows and the slider). The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this value is the empty string (the default), the value of the \fB\-borderwidth\fR option is used in its place. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired narrow dimension of the scrollbar window, not including 3-D border, if any. For vertical scrollbars this will be the width and for horizontal scrollbars this will be the height. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. .BE |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/spinbox.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 | .OP \-values values Values Must be a proper list value. If specified, the spinbox will use these values as to control its contents, starting with the first value. This option has precedence over the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the spinbox window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. | | | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 | .OP \-values values Values Must be a proper list value. If specified, the spinbox will use these values as to control its contents, starting with the first value. This option has precedence over the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the spinbox window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. If the value is negative or zero, the widget picks a size just large enough to hold its current text. .OP \-wrap wrap wrap Must be a proper boolean value. If on, the spinbox will wrap around the values of data in the widget. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/toplevel.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | things like geometry requests. The window should not have any children of its own in this application. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-height height Height Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. | | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | things like geometry requests. The window should not have any children of its own in this application. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-height height Height Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is negative or zero then the window will not request any size at all. .OP \-menu menu Menu Specifies a menu widget to be used as a menubar. On the Macintosh, the menubar will be displayed across the top of the main monitor. On Microsoft Windows and all UNIX platforms, the menu will appear across the toplevel window as part of the window dressing maintained by the window manager. |
︙ | ︙ | |||
109 110 111 112 113 114 115 | If this option is not specified, the new window will use the default visual for its screen. The \fB\-visual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired width for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. | | | 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 | If this option is not specified, the new window will use the default visual for its screen. The \fB\-visual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired width for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is negative or zero then the window will not request any size at all. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBtoplevel\fR command creates a new toplevel widget (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument). Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command line |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_entry.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 | A script template to evaluate whenever validation is triggered. If set to the empty string (the default), validation is disabled. The script must return a boolean value. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. | | | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 | A script template to evaluate whenever validation is triggered. If set to the empty string (the default), validation is disabled. The script must return a boolean value. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. .\" Not in ttk: If the value is negative or zero, the widget picks a .\" Not in ttk: size just large enough to hold its current text. .SH NOTES .PP A portion of the entry may be selected as described below. If an entry is exporting its selection (see the \fB\-exportselection\fR option), then it will observe the standard X11 protocols for handling the selection; entry selections are available as type \fBSTRING\fR. |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_image.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | a single number specifies the same border all the way around the element. See \fBIMAGE STRETCHING\fR, below. .\" OPTION: -height .TP \fB\-height \fIheight\fR . Specifies a minimum height for the element. | | | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | a single number specifies the same border all the way around the element. See \fBIMAGE STRETCHING\fR, below. .\" OPTION: -height .TP \fB\-height \fIheight\fR . Specifies a minimum height for the element. If negative, the base image's height is used as a default. .\" OPTION: -padding .TP \fB\-padding\fI padding\fR . Specifies the element's interior padding. The padding is a list of up to four length specifications \fIleft top right bottom\fR. |
︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | or .QW e . .\" OPTION: -width .TP \fB\-width \fIwidth\fR . Specifies a minimum width for the element. | | | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 | or .QW e . .\" OPTION: -width .TP \fB\-width \fIwidth\fR . Specifies a minimum width for the element. If negative, the base image's width is used as a default. .SH "IMAGE STRETCHING" .PP If the element's allocated parcel is larger than the image, the image will be placed in the parcel based on the \fB\-sticky\fR option. If the image needs to stretch horizontally (i.e., \fB\-sticky ew\fR) or vertically (\fB\-sticky ns\fR), subregions of the image are replicated to fill the parcel |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | .\" Rewrite this: Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border. Valid values are \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR, and \fBsunken\fR. .OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels). | | | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | .\" Rewrite this: Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border. Valid values are \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR, and \fBsunken\fR. .OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels). If this option is negative or zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise the text is split into lines such that no line is longer than the specified value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Label widgets support the standard commands \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_treeview.n.
︙ | ︙ | |||
382 383 384 385 386 387 388 | . Creates a new item. \fIparent\fR is the item ID of the parent item, or the empty string \fB{}\fR to create a new top-level item. \fIindex\fR is an integer, or the value \fBend\fR, specifying where in the list of \fIparent\fR's children to insert the new item. | | | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 | . Creates a new item. \fIparent\fR is the item ID of the parent item, or the empty string \fB{}\fR to create a new top-level item. \fIindex\fR is an integer, or the value \fBend\fR, specifying where in the list of \fIparent\fR's children to insert the new item. If \fIindex\fR is negative or zero, the new node is inserted at the beginning; if \fIindex\fR is greater than or equal to the current number of children, it is inserted at the end. If \fB\-id\fR is specified, it is used as the item identifier; \fIid\fR must not already exist in the tree. Otherwise, a new unique identifier is generated. .RS |
︙ | ︙ | |||
414 415 416 417 418 419 420 | .TP \fIpathname \fBmove \fIitem parent index\fR . Moves \fIitem\fR to position \fIindex\fR in \fIparent\fR's list of children. It is illegal to move an item under one of its descendants. .RS .PP | | | 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 | .TP \fIpathname \fBmove \fIitem parent index\fR . Moves \fIitem\fR to position \fIindex\fR in \fIparent\fR's list of children. It is illegal to move an item under one of its descendants. .RS .PP If \fIindex\fR is negative or zero, \fIitem\fR is moved to the beginning; if greater than or equal to the number of children, it is moved to the end. .RE .\" METHOD: next .TP \fIpathname \fBnext \fIitem\fR . |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tk.h.
︙ | ︙ | |||
223 224 225 226 227 228 229 | } Tk_OptionSpec; /* * Flag values for Tk_OptionSpec structures. These flags are shared by * Tk_ConfigSpec structures, so be sure to coordinate any changes carefully. */ | | > > > | > | 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 | } Tk_OptionSpec; /* * Flag values for Tk_OptionSpec structures. These flags are shared by * Tk_ConfigSpec structures, so be sure to coordinate any changes carefully. */ #define TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT (1 << 3) #if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8 # define TK_OPTION_NULL_OK TCL_NULL_OK #else # define TK_OPTION_NULL_OK (1 << 0) #endif #define TK_OPTION_VAR(type) ((sizeof(type) < 2 * sizeof(int)) ? ((int)(sizeof(type)&(sizeof(int)-1))<<6) : (3<<6)) #define TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR TK_OPTION_VAR(Tk_OptionType) /* * The following structure and function types are used by TK_OPTION_CUSTOM * options; the structure holds pointers to the functions needed by the Tk * option config code to handle a custom option. |
︙ | ︙ | |||
405 406 407 408 409 410 411 | /* * Possible flag values for Tk_ConfigSpec structures. Any bits at or above * TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT may be used by clients for selecting certain entries. * Before changing any values here, coordinate with tkOldConfig.c * (internal-use-only flags are defined there). */ | < > > > > > | 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 | /* * Possible flag values for Tk_ConfigSpec structures. Any bits at or above * TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT may be used by clients for selecting certain entries. * Before changing any values here, coordinate with tkOldConfig.c * (internal-use-only flags are defined there). */ #define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY (1 << 1) #define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY (1 << 2) #define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT (1 << 3) #if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8 # define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK TCL_NULL_OK #else # define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK (1 << 0) #endif #define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT 0x100 #endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */ /* * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options. */ |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkButton.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
779 780 781 782 783 784 785 | { TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData; int index; int result; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; if (objc < 2) { | | | 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 | { TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)clientData; int index; int result; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; if (objc < 2) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], commandNames[butPtr->type], sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index); if (result != TCL_OK) { return result; } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 | if ((butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) { Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->activeBorder); } else { Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->normalBorder); } if (butPtr->borderWidth < 0) { butPtr->borderWidth = 0; } if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) { butPtr->highlightWidth = 0; } if (butPtr->padX < 0) { butPtr->padX = 0; } if (butPtr->padY < 0) { butPtr->padY = 0; } if (butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, *namePtr; if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) { butPtr->selVarNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj( | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 | if ((butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) { Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->activeBorder); } else { Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->normalBorder); } if (butPtr->wrapLength < 0) { butPtr->wrapLength = 0; if (butPtr->wrapLengthPtr) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(butPtr->wrapLengthPtr); } butPtr->wrapLengthPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(0); Tcl_IncrRefCount(butPtr->wrapLengthPtr); } if (butPtr->borderWidth < 0) { butPtr->borderWidth = 0; if (butPtr->borderWidthPtr) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(butPtr->borderWidthPtr); } butPtr->borderWidthPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(0); Tcl_IncrRefCount(butPtr->borderWidthPtr); } if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) { butPtr->highlightWidth = 0; if (butPtr->highlightWidthPtr) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(butPtr->highlightWidthPtr); } butPtr->highlightWidthPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(0); Tcl_IncrRefCount(butPtr->highlightWidthPtr); } if (butPtr->padX < 0) { butPtr->padX = 0; if (butPtr->padXPtr) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(butPtr->padXPtr); } butPtr->padXPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(0); Tcl_IncrRefCount(butPtr->padXPtr); } if (butPtr->padY < 0) { butPtr->padY = 0; if (butPtr->padYPtr) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(butPtr->padYPtr); } butPtr->padYPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(0); Tcl_IncrRefCount(butPtr->padYPtr); } if (butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, *namePtr; if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) { butPtr->selVarNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj( |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 | * appropriate value, initialize the variable if it doesn't exist, * then set a trace on the variable to monitor future changes to * its value. */ valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, namePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); butPtr->flags &= ~SELECTED; | | | | | 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 | * appropriate value, initialize the variable if it doesn't exist, * then set a trace on the variable to monitor future changes to * its value. */ valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, namePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); butPtr->flags &= ~SELECTED; butPtr->flags &= ~TRISTATED; if (valuePtr != NULL) { const char *value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr); if (strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->onValuePtr)) == 0) { butPtr->flags |= SELECTED; } else if (strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->tristateValuePtr)) == 0) { butPtr->flags |= TRISTATED; /* * For checkbuttons if the tristate value is the * same as the offvalue then prefer off to tristate */ if (butPtr->offValuePtr && strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->offValuePtr)) == 0) { butPtr->flags &= ~TRISTATED; } } } else { if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, namePtr, NULL, (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) ? butPtr->offValuePtr : Tcl_NewObj(), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) { continue; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 | /* * The button must display the contents of an image or bitmap. */ if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->widthPtr, &butPtr->width) != TCL_OK) { widthError: | | | | 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 | /* * The button must display the contents of an image or bitmap. */ if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->widthPtr, &butPtr->width) != TCL_OK) { widthError: Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (processing \"-width\" option)"); continue; } if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->heightPtr, &butPtr->height) != TCL_OK) { heightError: Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (processing \"-height\" option)"); continue; } } else { /* * The button displays an ordinary text string. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 | goto redraw; } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { DestroyButton(butPtr); } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { butPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS; if (butPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { goto redraw; } } } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusOut) { if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { butPtr->flags &= ~GOT_FOCUS; if (butPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { goto redraw; } } } return; | > > | 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 | goto redraw; } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { DestroyButton(butPtr); } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { butPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); if (butPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { goto redraw; } } } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusOut) { if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { butPtr->flags &= ~GOT_FOCUS; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); if (butPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { goto redraw; } } } return; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 | value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr); } if (strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->onValuePtr)) == 0) { if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) { return NULL; } butPtr->flags |= SELECTED; | | | | | | | | 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 | value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr); } if (strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->onValuePtr)) == 0) { if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) { return NULL; } butPtr->flags |= SELECTED; butPtr->flags &= ~TRISTATED; } else if (butPtr->offValuePtr && strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->offValuePtr)) == 0) { if (!(butPtr->flags & (SELECTED | TRISTATED))) { return NULL; } butPtr->flags &= ~(SELECTED | TRISTATED); } else if (strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->tristateValuePtr)) == 0) { if (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED) { return NULL; } butPtr->flags |= TRISTATED; butPtr->flags &= ~SELECTED; } else if (butPtr->flags & (SELECTED | TRISTATED)) { butPtr->flags &= ~(SELECTED | TRISTATED); } else { return NULL; } redisplay: |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvas.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), canvasPtr->bgBorder, canvasPtr->highlightWidth, canvasPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->highlightWidth, canvasPtr->borderWidth, canvasPtr->relief); } | | | 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), canvasPtr->bgBorder, canvasPtr->highlightWidth, canvasPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->highlightWidth, canvasPtr->borderWidth, canvasPtr->relief); } if (canvasPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { GC fgGC, bgGC; bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(canvasPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); if (canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus) { fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(canvasPtr->highlightColorPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkConfig.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
621 622 623 624 625 626 627 | if (savedOptionPtr != NULL) { savedOptionPtr->optionPtr = optionPtr; savedOptionPtr->valuePtr = oldPtr; oldInternalPtr = (char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm; } else { oldInternalPtr = (char *) &internal.internalForm; } | | | 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 | if (savedOptionPtr != NULL) { savedOptionPtr->optionPtr = optionPtr; savedOptionPtr->valuePtr = oldPtr; oldInternalPtr = (char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm; } else { oldInternalPtr = (char *) &internal.internalForm; } nullOK = (optionPtr->specPtr->flags & (TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TCL_NULL_OK|1)); switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) { case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN: { int newBool; if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) { valuePtr = NULL; newBool = -1; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 | if (value != -1) { objPtr = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(value); } break; } case TK_OPTION_INT: { Tcl_WideInt value; | | | | | 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 | if (value != -1) { objPtr = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(value); } break; } case TK_OPTION_INT: { Tcl_WideInt value; int nullOK = (optionPtr->specPtr->flags & (TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TCL_NULL_OK|1)); if (optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) { if ((optionPtr->specPtr->flags & TYPE_MASK) == TYPE_MASK) { if (sizeof(long) > sizeof(int)) { value = *((long *)internalPtr); if (nullOK && (value == LONG_MIN)) {break;} } else { value = *((long long *)internalPtr); if (nullOK && (value == LLONG_MIN)) {break;} } } else { Tcl_Panic("Invalid flags for %s", "TK_OPTION_INT"); } } else { value = *((int *)internalPtr); if (nullOK && (value == INT_MIN)) {break;} } objPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(value); break; } case TK_OPTION_INDEX: if (!(optionPtr->specPtr->flags & (TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TCL_NULL_OK|1)) || *((int *) internalPtr) != INT_MIN) { if (*((int *) internalPtr) == INT_MIN) { objPtr = TkNewIndexObj(TCL_INDEX_NONE); } else if (*((int *) internalPtr) == INT_MAX) { objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("end+1", TCL_INDEX_NONE); } else if (*((int *) internalPtr) == -1) { objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("end", TCL_INDEX_NONE); } else if (*((int *) internalPtr) < 0) { char buf[32]; snprintf(buf, 32, "end%d", 1 + *((int *) internalPtr)); objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, TCL_INDEX_NONE); } else { objPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr)); } } break; case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE: if (!(optionPtr->specPtr->flags & (TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TCL_NULL_OK|1)) || !isnan(*((double *) internalPtr))) { objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*((double *) internalPtr)); } break; case TK_OPTION_STRING: objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(*((char **)internalPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE); break; case TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE: { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 | } if (value != TK_ANCHOR_NULL) { objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfAnchor(value), TCL_INDEX_NONE); } break; } case TK_OPTION_PIXELS: | | | 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 | } if (value != TK_ANCHOR_NULL) { objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfAnchor(value), TCL_INDEX_NONE); } break; } case TK_OPTION_PIXELS: if (!(optionPtr->specPtr->flags & (TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TCL_NULL_OK|1)) || *((int *) internalPtr) != INT_MIN) { objPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(*((int *)internalPtr)); } break; case TK_OPTION_WINDOW: { tkwin = *((Tk_Window *) internalPtr); if (tkwin != NULL) { |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 | /* * Recompute the window's geometry and arrange for it to be * redisplayed. */ Tk_SetInternalBorder(entryPtr->tkwin, entryPtr->borderWidth + entryPtr->highlightWidth); | | | 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 | /* * Recompute the window's geometry and arrange for it to be * redisplayed. */ Tk_SetInternalBorder(entryPtr->tkwin, entryPtr->borderWidth + entryPtr->highlightWidth); if (entryPtr->highlightWidth < 0) { entryPtr->highlightWidth = 0; } entryPtr->inset = entryPtr->highlightWidth + entryPtr->borderWidth + XPAD; break; } if (!error) { |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgGIF.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
494 495 496 497 498 499 500 | } /* * Get the general colormap information. */ if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 3, chan) != 3) { | > > > > > > | | 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 | } /* * Get the general colormap information. */ if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 3, chan) != 3) { /* * Bug [865af0148c]: 3 bytes should be there, but data ended before */ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( "GIF file truncated", -1)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "TRUNCATED", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } bitPixel = 2 << (buf[0] & 0x07); if (BitSet(buf[0], LOCALCOLORMAP)) { /* Global Colormap */ if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( "error reading color map", TCL_INDEX_NONE)); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 | srcY = 0; } if (height > imageHeight) { height = imageHeight; } if ((width > 0) && (height > 0)) { Tk_PhotoImageBlock block; int transparent = -1; if (gifGraphicControlExtensionBlock.blockPresent) { transparent = gifGraphicControlExtensionBlock.transparent; } /* * Read the data and put it into the photo buffer for display by the | > | 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 | srcY = 0; } if (height > imageHeight) { height = imageHeight; } if ((width > 0) && (height > 0)) { unsigned char* pixelPtr; Tk_PhotoImageBlock block; int transparent = -1; if (gifGraphicControlExtensionBlock.blockPresent) { transparent = gifGraphicControlExtensionBlock.transparent; } /* * Read the data and put it into the photo buffer for display by the |
︙ | ︙ | |||
725 726 727 728 729 730 731 | goto error; } block.pitch = block.pixelSize * imageWidth; if (imageHeight > (int)(UINT_MAX/block.pitch)) { goto error; } nBytes = block.pitch * imageHeight; | | | | > | > | | | 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 | goto error; } block.pitch = block.pixelSize * imageWidth; if (imageHeight > (int)(UINT_MAX/block.pitch)) { goto error; } nBytes = block.pitch * imageHeight; pixelPtr = (unsigned char*)ckalloc(nBytes); if (pixelPtr) { memset(pixelPtr, 0, nBytes); } block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr; if (ReadImage(gifConfPtr, interp, block.pixelPtr, chan, imageWidth, imageHeight, colorMap, srcX, srcY, BitSet(buf[8], INTERLACE), transparent) != TCL_OK) { ckfree(pixelPtr); goto error; } block.pixelPtr += srcX * block.pixelSize + srcY * block.pitch; if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY, width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) { ckfree(pixelPtr); goto error; } ckfree(pixelPtr); } /* * Update the metadata dictionary with current image data */ if (NULL != metadataOutObj) { |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgPNG.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 | static int CheckColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static inline int CheckCRC(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned long calculated); static void CleanupPNGImage(PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodeLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, | | > | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 | static int CheckColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static inline int CheckCRC(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, unsigned long calculated); static void CleanupPNGImage(PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodeLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY); static int EncodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj); static int FileMatchPNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Obj *metadataOut); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 | * dimensions and contents may change. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int DecodePNG( | | | | | | > > > > | > | 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 | * dimensions and contents may change. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int DecodePNG( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */ PNGImage *pngPtr, /* PNG image information record. */ Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */ Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */ int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo * image to be written to. */ int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be * written to. */ int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in * image being read. */ { unsigned long chunkType; int result; Tcl_Size chunkSz; unsigned long crc; /* * Parse the PNG signature and IHDR (header) chunk. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 | /* * Expand the photo size (if not set by the user) to provide enough space * for the image being parsed. It does not matter if width or height wrap * to negative here: Tk will not shrink the image. */ | | | | 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 | /* * Expand the photo size (if not set by the user) to provide enough space * for the image being parsed. It does not matter if width or height wrap * to negative here: Tk will not shrink the image. */ if (Tk_PhotoExpand(interp, imageHandle, destX + width, destY + height) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } /* * A scan line consists of one byte for a filter type, plus the number of * bits per color sample times the number of color samples per pixel. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 | ApplyAlpha(pngPtr); /* * Copy the decoded image block into the Tk photo image. */ | > | < | | | < | | 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 | ApplyAlpha(pngPtr); /* * Copy the decoded image block into the Tk photo image. */ pngPtr->block.pixelPtr += srcX * pngPtr->block.pixelSize + srcY * pngPtr->block.pitch; result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &pngPtr->block, destX, destY, width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET); pngPtr->block.pixelPtr -= srcX * pngPtr->block.pixelSize + srcY * pngPtr->block.pitch; return result; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * FileMatchPNG -- * |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 | * image given by imageHandle. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int FileReadPNG( | | | | | < | < | | | 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 | * image given by imageHandle. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int FileReadPNG( Tcl_Interp* interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */ Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */ TCL_UNUSED(const char*), /* The name of the image file. */ Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */ TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj*), /* metadata input, may be NULL */ Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */ int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo * image to be written to. */ int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be * written to. */ int srcX, int srcY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in * image being read. */ Tcl_Obj* metadataOutObj) /* metadata return dict, may be NULL */ { PNGImage png; int result = TCL_ERROR; result = InitPNGImage(interp, &png, chan, NULL, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE); if (TCL_OK == result) { result = DecodePNG(interp, &png, fmtObj, imageHandle, destX, destY, width, height, srcX, srcY); } if (TCL_OK == result && metadataOutObj != NULL && png.DPI != -1) { result = Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, metadataOutObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("DPI",-1), Tcl_NewDoubleObj(png.DPI)); } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 | * New data is added to the image given by imageHandle. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int StringReadPNG( | | | | | | | | | | > | | | 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 | * New data is added to the image given by imageHandle. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int StringReadPNG( Tcl_Interp* interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */ Tcl_Obj *pObjData, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */ TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj*), /* metadata input, may be NULL */ Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */ int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo * image to be written to. */ int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be * written to. */ int srcX, int srcY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in * image being read. */ Tcl_Obj *metadataOutObj) /* metadata return dict, may be NULL */ { PNGImage png; int result = TCL_ERROR; result = InitPNGImage(interp, &png, NULL, pObjData, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE); if (TCL_OK == result) { result = DecodePNG(interp, &png, fmtObj, imageHandle, destX, destY, width, height, srcX, srcY); } if (TCL_OK == result && metadataOutObj != NULL && png.DPI != -1) { result = Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, metadataOutObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("DPI",-1), Tcl_NewDoubleObj(png.DPI)); } |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
616 617 618 619 620 621 622 | "image \"%s\" doesn't exist or is not a photo image", Tcl_GetString(options.name))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO", Tcl_GetString(options.name), (char *)NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block); | | | 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 | "image \"%s\" doesn't exist or is not a photo image", Tcl_GetString(options.name))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO", Tcl_GetString(options.name), (char *)NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block); if ((options.fromX > block.width) || (options.fromY > block.height) || (options.fromX2 > block.width) || (options.fromY2 > block.height)) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( "coordinates for -from option extend outside source image", -1)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", (char *)NULL); return TCL_ERROR; |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkInt.h.
︙ | ︙ | |||
913 914 915 916 917 918 919 | typedef struct { XKeyEvent keyEvent; /* The real event from X11. */ #ifdef _WIN32 # ifndef XMaxTransChars # define XMaxTransChars 7 # endif | | < | 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 | typedef struct { XKeyEvent keyEvent; /* The real event from X11. */ #ifdef _WIN32 # ifndef XMaxTransChars # define XMaxTransChars 7 # endif char trans_chars[XMaxTransChars]; /* translated characters */ unsigned char nbytes; #elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) char *charValuePtr; /* A pointer to a string that holds the key's * %A substitution text (before backslash * adding), or NULL if that has not been * computed yet. If non-NULL, this string was * allocated with ckalloc(). */ |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMenubutton.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
566 567 568 569 570 571 572 | * Recompute the geometry for the button. */ if ((mbPtr->bitmap != None) || (mbPtr->image != NULL)) { if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, mbPtr->tkwin, mbPtr->widthString, &mbPtr->width) != TCL_OK) { widthError: | | | | 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 | * Recompute the geometry for the button. */ if ((mbPtr->bitmap != None) || (mbPtr->image != NULL)) { if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, mbPtr->tkwin, mbPtr->widthString, &mbPtr->width) != TCL_OK) { widthError: Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (processing \"-width\" option)"); continue; } if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, mbPtr->tkwin, mbPtr->heightString, &mbPtr->height) != TCL_OK) { heightError: Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (processing \"-height\" option)"); continue; } } else { if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, mbPtr->widthString, &mbPtr->width) != TCL_OK) { goto widthError; } |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMessage.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | * including terminating NULL. */ char *textVarName; /* Name of variable (malloc'ed) or NULL. * If non-NULL, message displays the contents * of this variable. */ Tk_3DBorder border; /* Structure used to draw 3-D border and * background. NULL means a border hasn't been * created yet. */ | | | | | < | | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | * including terminating NULL. */ char *textVarName; /* Name of variable (malloc'ed) or NULL. * If non-NULL, message displays the contents * of this variable. */ Tk_3DBorder border; /* Structure used to draw 3-D border and * background. NULL means a border hasn't been * created yet. */ Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* Width of border. */ int relief; /* 3-D effect: TK_RELIEF_RAISED, etc. */ Tcl_Obj *highlightWidthObj; /* Width in pixels of highlight to draw * around widget when it has the focus. * 0 means don't draw a highlight. */ XColor *highlightBgColorPtr; /* Color for drawing traversal highlight * area when highlight is off. */ XColor *highlightColorPtr; /* Color for drawing traversal highlight. */ Tk_Font tkfont; /* Information about text font, or NULL. */ XColor *fgColorPtr; /* Foreground color in normal mode. */ Tcl_Obj *padXObj, *padYObj; /* Tcl_Obj rep's of padX, padY values. */ Tcl_Obj *widthObj; /* User-requested width, in pixels. 0 means * compute width using aspect ratio. */ int aspect; /* Desired aspect ratio for window * (100*width/height). */ int msgWidth; /* Width in pixels needed to display * message. */ int msgHeight; /* Height in pixels needed to display * message. */ Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Where to position text within window region |
︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the * C code, but used by keyboard traversal * scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */ int flags; /* Various flags; see below for * definitions. */ | < < < < < | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the * C code, but used by keyboard traversal * scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */ int flags; /* Various flags; see below for * definitions. */ } Message; /* * Flag bits for messages: * * REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler * has already been queued to redraw |
︙ | ︙ | |||
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 | /* * Information used for argv parsing. */ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR, | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 | /* * Information used for argv parsing. */ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, anchor), TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_INT, "-aspect", "aspect", "Aspect", DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, aspect), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background", DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, border), 0, DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO, 0}, {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, "-borderwidth", 0}, {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, "-background", 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH, offsetof(Message, borderWidthObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, cursor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, "-foreground", 0}, {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", DEF_MESSAGE_FONT, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, tkfont), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", DEF_MESSAGE_FG, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground", "HighlightBackground", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness", "HighlightThickness", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, offsetof(Message, highlightWidthObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify", DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, justify), TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad", DEF_MESSAGE_PADX, offsetof(Message, padXObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad", DEF_MESSAGE_PADY, offsetof(Message, padYObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", DEF_MESSAGE_RELIEF, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, relief), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", DEF_MESSAGE_TAKE_FOCUS, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, takeFocus), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, string), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT_VARIABLE, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Message, textVarName), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", DEF_MESSAGE_WIDTH, offsetof(Message, widthObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0 ,0}, {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} }; /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 | Message *msgPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments. */ TCL_UNUSED(int)) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; /* * Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the message. */ if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) { Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, | > | 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 | Message *msgPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments. */ TCL_UNUSED(int)) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; int width, borderWidth, highlightWidth, padX, padY; /* * Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the message. */ if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) { Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, |
︙ | ︙ | |||
492 493 494 495 496 497 498 | * A few other options need special processing, such as setting the * background from a 3-D border or handling special defaults that couldn't * be specified to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ msgPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(msgPtr->string, TCL_INDEX_NONE); | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 | * A few other options need special processing, such as setting the * background from a 3-D border or handling special defaults that couldn't * be specified to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ msgPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(msgPtr->string, TCL_INDEX_NONE); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->widthObj, &width); if (width < 0) { if (msgPtr->widthObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(msgPtr->widthObj); } msgPtr->widthObj = Tcl_NewIntObj(0); Tcl_IncrRefCount(msgPtr->widthObj); } Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth); if (borderWidth < 0) { if (msgPtr->borderWidthObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(msgPtr->borderWidthObj); } msgPtr->borderWidthObj = Tcl_NewIntObj(0); Tcl_IncrRefCount(msgPtr->borderWidthObj); } Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->highlightWidthObj, &highlightWidth); if (highlightWidth < 0) { if (msgPtr->highlightWidthObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(msgPtr->highlightWidthObj); } msgPtr->highlightWidthObj = Tcl_NewIntObj(0); Tcl_IncrRefCount(msgPtr->highlightWidthObj); } if (msgPtr->padXObj) { Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->padXObj, &padX); if (padX < 0) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(msgPtr->padXObj); msgPtr->padXObj = NULL; } } if (msgPtr->padYObj) { Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->padYObj, &padY); if (padY < 0) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(msgPtr->padYObj); msgPtr->padYObj = NULL; } } Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); MessageWorldChanged(msgPtr); return TCL_OK; } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
525 526 527 528 529 530 531 | static void MessageWorldChanged( void *instanceData) /* Information about widget. */ { XGCValues gcValues; GC gc = NULL; | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 | static void MessageWorldChanged( void *instanceData) /* Information about widget. */ { XGCValues gcValues; GC gc = NULL; Message *msgPtr = (Message *)instanceData; if (msgPtr->border != NULL) { Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->border); } gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(msgPtr->tkfont); gcValues.foreground = msgPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel; gc = Tk_GetGC(msgPtr->tkwin, GCForeground | GCFont, &gcValues); if (msgPtr->textGC != NULL) { Tk_FreeGC(msgPtr->display, msgPtr->textGC); } msgPtr->textGC = gc; /* * Recompute the desired geometry for the window, and arrange for the * window to be redisplayed. */ ComputeMessageGeometry(msgPtr); if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(msgPtr->tkwin) |
︙ | ︙ | |||
594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 | static void ComputeMessageGeometry( Message *msgPtr) /* Information about window. */ { int width, inc, height; int thisWidth, thisHeight, maxWidth; int aspect, lowerBound, upperBound, inset; Tk_FreeTextLayout(msgPtr->textLayout); | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 | static void ComputeMessageGeometry( Message *msgPtr) /* Information about window. */ { int width, inc, height; int thisWidth, thisHeight, maxWidth; int aspect, lowerBound, upperBound, inset; int borderWidth, highlightWidth, padX, padY; Tk_FontMetrics fm; Tk_FreeTextLayout(msgPtr->textLayout); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->highlightWidthObj, &highlightWidth); Tk_GetFontMetrics(msgPtr->tkfont, &fm); if (msgPtr->padXObj) { Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->padXObj, &padX); } else { padX = fm.ascent / 2; } if (msgPtr->padYObj) { Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->padYObj, &padY); } else { padY = fm.ascent / 4; } inset = borderWidth + highlightWidth; /* * Compute acceptable bounds for the final aspect ratio. */ aspect = msgPtr->aspect/10; if (aspect < 5) { aspect = 5; } lowerBound = msgPtr->aspect - aspect; upperBound = msgPtr->aspect + aspect; /* * Do the computation in multiple passes: start off with a very wide * window, and compute its height. Then change the width and try again. * Reduce the size of the change and iterate until dimensions are found * that approximate the desired aspect ratio. Or, if the user gave an * explicit width then just use that. */ Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->widthObj, &width); if (width > 0) { inc = 0; } else { width = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(msgPtr->tkwin))/2; inc = width/2; } for ( ; ; inc /= 2) { msgPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(msgPtr->tkfont, msgPtr->string, msgPtr->numChars, width, msgPtr->justify, 0, &thisWidth, &thisHeight); maxWidth = thisWidth + 2 * (inset + padX); height = thisHeight + 2 * (inset + padY); if (inc <= 2) { break; } aspect = (100 * maxWidth) / height; if (aspect < lowerBound) { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
676 677 678 679 680 681 682 | static void DisplayMessage( void *clientData) /* Information about window. */ { Message *msgPtr = (Message *)clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = msgPtr->tkwin; int x, y; | > > > > | > > > > > | > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 | static void DisplayMessage( void *clientData) /* Information about window. */ { Message *msgPtr = (Message *)clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = msgPtr->tkwin; int x, y; int width, borderWidth, highlightWidth, padX, padY; Tk_FontMetrics fm; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->highlightWidthObj, &highlightWidth); Tk_GetFontMetrics(msgPtr->tkfont, &fm); if (msgPtr->padXObj) { Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->padXObj, &padX); } else { padX = fm.ascent / 2; } if (msgPtr->padYObj) { Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->padYObj, &padY); } else { padY = fm.ascent / 4; } width = highlightWidth; msgPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; if ((msgPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { return; } if (msgPtr->border != NULL) { width += borderWidth; } if (msgPtr->relief == TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { width = highlightWidth; } Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), msgPtr->border, width, width, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * width, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * width, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); /* * Compute starting y-location for message based on message size and * anchor option. */ TkComputeAnchor(msgPtr->anchor, tkwin, padX, padY, msgPtr->msgWidth, msgPtr->msgHeight, &x, &y); Tk_DrawTextLayout(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), msgPtr->textGC, msgPtr->textLayout, x, y, 0, -1); if (width > highlightWidth) { Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), msgPtr->border, highlightWidth, highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, borderWidth, msgPtr->relief); } if (highlightWidth > 0) { GC fgGC, bgGC; bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(msgPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); if (msgPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(msgPtr->highlightColorPtr,Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); Tk_DrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, highlightWidth, Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); } else { Tk_DrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, bgGC, bgGC, highlightWidth, Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); } } } /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 | static void MessageEventProc( void *clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { Message *msgPtr = (Message *)clientData; if (((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) || (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify)) { goto redraw; } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { DestroyMessage(clientData); } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { msgPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS; | > > | > | | 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 | static void MessageEventProc( void *clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { Message *msgPtr = (Message *)clientData; int highlightWidth; if (((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) || (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify)) { goto redraw; } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { DestroyMessage(clientData); } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { msgPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->highlightWidthObj, &highlightWidth); if (highlightWidth > 0) { goto redraw; } } } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusOut) { if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { msgPtr->flags &= ~GOT_FOCUS; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->highlightWidthObj, &highlightWidth); if (highlightWidth > 0) { goto redraw; } } } return; redraw: |
︙ | ︙ | |||
850 851 852 853 854 855 856 | /* * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole * interpreter is going away. */ if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 | /* * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole * interpreter is going away. */ if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && msgPtr->textVarName) { void *probe = NULL; do { probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, MessageTextVarProc, probe); if (probe == (void *)msgPtr) { break; } } while (probe); if (probe) { /* * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our * textVarName, which means it is not unset and not * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated * former variable must be, and we should ignore it. */ return NULL; } Tcl_SetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, msgPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, MessageTextVarProc, clientData); } return NULL; |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkOldConfig.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
339 340 341 342 343 344 345 | * Values must be properly initialized. */ { void *ptr; Tk_Uid uid; int nullValue; nullValue = 0; | | | | | | 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 | * Values must be properly initialized. */ { void *ptr; Tk_Uid uid; int nullValue; nullValue = 0; if ((*value == 0) && (specPtr->specFlags & (TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK|TCL_NULL_OK|1))) { nullValue = 1; } do { if (specPtr->offset < 0) { break; } ptr = (char *)widgRec + specPtr->offset; switch (specPtr->type) { case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN: if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, value, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_INT: if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, value, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE: if (Tcl_GetDouble(interp, value, (double *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_STRING: { char *oldStr, *newStr; if (nullValue) { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
462 463 464 465 466 467 468 | Tk_Free3DBorder(oldBorder); } *((Tk_3DBorder *) ptr) = newBorder; break; } case TK_CONFIG_RELIEF: uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value); | | | 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 | Tk_Free3DBorder(oldBorder); } *((Tk_3DBorder *) ptr) = newBorder; break; } case TK_CONFIG_RELIEF: uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value); if (Tk_GetRelief(interp, uid, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_CURSOR: case TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR: { Tk_Cursor newCursor, oldCursor; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 | uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value); if (Tk_GetAnchor(interp, uid, (Tk_Anchor *) ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE: uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value); | | | > > | | | 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 | uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value); if (Tk_GetAnchor(interp, uid, (Tk_Anchor *) ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE: uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value); if (Tk_GetCapStyle(interp, uid, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE: uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value); if (Tk_GetJoinStyle(interp, uid, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_PIXELS: if (nullValue) { *(int *)ptr = INT_MIN; } else if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, value, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_MM: if (Tk_GetScreenMM(interp, tkwin, value, (double *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case TK_CONFIG_WINDOW: { Tk_Window tkwin2; if (nullValue) { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
853 854 855 856 857 858 859 | case TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE: result = Tk_NameOfCapStyle(*((int *)ptr)); break; case TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE: result = Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(*((int *)ptr)); break; case TK_CONFIG_PIXELS: | > | | > | 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 | case TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE: result = Tk_NameOfCapStyle(*((int *)ptr)); break; case TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE: result = Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(*((int *)ptr)); break; case TK_CONFIG_PIXELS: if ((*(int *)ptr != INT_MIN) || !(specPtr->specFlags & (TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK|TCL_NULL_OK|1))) { snprintf(buffer, 200, "%d", *((int *)ptr)); result = buffer; } break; case TK_CONFIG_MM: Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, *((double *)ptr), buffer); result = buffer; break; case TK_CONFIG_WINDOW: { tkwin = *((Tk_Window *)ptr); |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkPack.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 | if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { if ((packPtr->contentPtr != NULL) && !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr); } if ((packPtr->containerPtr != NULL) | | | 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 | if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { if ((packPtr->contentPtr != NULL) && !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr); } if ((packPtr->containerPtr != NULL) && (packPtr->doubleBw != 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width)) { if (!(packPtr->containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { packPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width; packPtr->containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr->containerPtr); } } } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 | contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL; nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr; contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL; } if (packPtr->tkwin != NULL) { TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) packPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr; | | | 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 | contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL; nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr; contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL; } if (packPtr->tkwin != NULL) { TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) packPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr; Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable, packPtr->tkwin)); } if (packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK) { Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, packPtr); } packPtr->tkwin = NULL; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 | * Check for management loops. */ for (container = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin; container != NULL; container = (TkWindow *)TkGetContainer(container)) { if (container == (TkWindow *)content) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | | | | 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 | * Check for management loops. */ for (container = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin; container != NULL; container = (TkWindow *)TkGetContainer(container)) { if (container == (TkWindow *)content) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "can't put \"%s\" inside \"%s\": would cause management loop", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } if (containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(content)) { ((TkWindow *)content)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin; } |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkPanedWindow.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window being managed. */ int minSize; /* Minimum size of this pane, on the relevant * axis, in pixels. */ int padx; /* Additional padding requested for pane, in * the x dimension. */ int pady; /* Additional padding requested for pane, in * the y dimension. */ | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window being managed. */ int minSize; /* Minimum size of this pane, on the relevant * axis, in pixels. */ int padx; /* Additional padding requested for pane, in * the x dimension. */ int pady; /* Additional padding requested for pane, in * the y dimension. */ Tcl_Obj *widthObj, *heightObj; /* Tcl_Obj rep's of pane width/height, to * allow for null values. */ int width; /* Pane width. */ int height; /* Pane height. */ int sticky; /* Sticky string. */ int x, y; /* Coordinates of the widget. */ int paneWidth, paneHeight; /* Pane dimensions (may be different from |
︙ | ︙ | |||
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 | Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for square's widget command. */ Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Token representing the configuration * specifications. */ Tk_OptionTable paneOpts; /* Token for pane cget table. */ Tk_3DBorder background; /* Background color. */ int borderWidth; /* Value of -borderwidth option. */ int relief; /* 3D border effect (TK_RELIEF_RAISED, etc) */ | | | | 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 | Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for square's widget command. */ Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Token representing the configuration * specifications. */ Tk_OptionTable paneOpts; /* Token for pane cget table. */ Tk_3DBorder background; /* Background color. */ int borderWidth; /* Value of -borderwidth option. */ int relief; /* 3D border effect (TK_RELIEF_RAISED, etc) */ Tcl_Obj *widthObj; /* Tcl_Obj rep for width. */ Tcl_Obj *heightObj; /* Tcl_Obj rep for height. */ int width, height; /* Width and height of the widget. */ enum orient orient; /* Orientation of the widget. */ Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ int resizeOpaque; /* Boolean indicating whether resize should be * opaque or rubberband style. */ int sashRelief; /* Relief used to draw sash. */ int sashWidth; /* Width of each sash, in pixels. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 | {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlepad", "handlePad", "HandlePad", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(PanedWindow, handlePad), 0, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlesize", "handleSize", "HandleSize", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE, offsetof(PanedWindow, handleSizePtr), offsetof(PanedWindow, handleSize), 0, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", | | | 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 | {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlepad", "handlePad", "HandlePad", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(PanedWindow, handlePad), 0, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlesize", "handleSize", "HandleSize", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE, offsetof(PanedWindow, handleSizePtr), offsetof(PanedWindow, handleSize), 0, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HEIGHT, offsetof(PanedWindow, heightObj), offsetof(PanedWindow, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-opaqueresize", "opaqueResize", "OpaqueResize", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(PanedWindow, resizeOpaque), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(PanedWindow, orient), TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, orientStrings, GEOMETRY}, |
︙ | ︙ | |||
322 323 324 325 326 327 328 | {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashwidth", "sashWidth", "Width", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH, offsetof(PanedWindow, sashWidthPtr), offsetof(PanedWindow, sashWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showhandle", "showHandle", "ShowHandle", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(PanedWindow, showHandle), 0, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", | | | | | 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 | {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashwidth", "sashWidth", "Width", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH, offsetof(PanedWindow, sashWidthPtr), offsetof(PanedWindow, sashWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showhandle", "showHandle", "ShowHandle", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(PanedWindow, showHandle), 0, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_WIDTH, offsetof(PanedWindow, widthObj), offsetof(PanedWindow, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} }; static const Tk_OptionSpec paneOptionSpecs[] = { {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-after", NULL, NULL, DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_AFTER, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Pane, after), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-before", NULL, NULL, DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Pane, before), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL, DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HEIGHT, offsetof(Pane, heightObj), offsetof(Pane, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HIDE, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Pane, hide), 0,0,GEOMETRY}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-minsize", NULL, NULL, DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_MINSIZE, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Pane, minSize), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL, DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADX, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Pane, padx), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL, DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADY, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Pane, pady), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-sticky", NULL, NULL, DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STICKY, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Pane, sticky), 0, &stickyOption, 0}, {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch", DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STRETCH, TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Pane, stretch), TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, stretchStrings, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL, DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_WIDTH, offsetof(Pane, widthObj), offsetof(Pane, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} }; /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkPlace.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 | /* * Geometry information for window; where there are both relative and * absolute values for the same attribute (e.g. x and relX) only one of * them is actually used, depending on flags. */ int x, y; /* X and Y pixel coordinates for tkwin. */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | /* * Geometry information for window; where there are both relative and * absolute values for the same attribute (e.g. x and relX) only one of * them is actually used, depending on flags. */ int x, y; /* X and Y pixel coordinates for tkwin. */ Tcl_Obj *xObj, *yObj; /* Tcl_Obj rep's of x, y coords, to keep pixel * spec. information. */ double relX, relY; /* X and Y coordinates relative to size of * container. */ int width, height; /* Absolute dimensions for tkwin. */ Tcl_Obj *widthObj; /* Tcl_Obj rep of width, to keep pixel * spec. */ Tcl_Obj *heightObj; /* Tcl_Obj rep of height, to keep pixel * spec. */ double relWidth, relHeight; /* Dimensions for tkwin relative to size of * container. */ Tcl_Obj *relWidthObj; Tcl_Obj *relHeightObj; Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Which point on tkwin is placed at the given * position. */ BorderMode borderMode; /* How to treat borders of container window. */ } Content; /* * Type masks for options: */ #define IN_MASK 1 static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL, "nw", TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Content, anchor), TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-bordermode", NULL, NULL, "inside", TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Content, borderMode), TK_OPTION_ENUM_VAR, borderModeStrings, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL, NULL, offsetof(Content, heightObj), offsetof(Content, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-in", NULL, NULL, "", TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Content, inTkwin), 0, 0, IN_MASK}, {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relheight", NULL, NULL, NULL, offsetof(Content, relHeightObj), offsetof(Content, relHeight), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relwidth", NULL, NULL, NULL, offsetof(Content, relWidthObj), offsetof(Content, relWidth), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relx", NULL, NULL, "0.0", TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Content, relX), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rely", NULL, NULL, "0.0", TCL_INDEX_NONE, offsetof(Content, relY), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL, NULL, offsetof(Content, widthObj), offsetof(Content, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL, "0", offsetof(Content, xObj), offsetof(Content, x), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL, "0", offsetof(Content, yObj), offsetof(Content, y), 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0} }; /* * For each container window that has a content managed by the placer there is a * structure of the following form: */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
682 683 684 685 686 687 688 | * Check for management loops. */ for (container = (TkWindow *)win; container != NULL; container = (TkWindow *)TkGetContainer(container)) { if (container == (TkWindow *)contentPtr->tkwin) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | | | | 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 | * Check for management loops. */ for (container = (TkWindow *)win; container != NULL; container = (TkWindow *)TkGetContainer(container)) { if (container == (TkWindow *)contentPtr->tkwin) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "can't put \"%s\" inside \"%s\": would cause management loop", Tk_PathName(contentPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(win))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL); goto error; } } if (win != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) { ((TkWindow *)contentPtr->tkwin)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)win; } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
790 791 792 793 794 795 796 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, infoObj, Tk_NewWindowObj(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin)); Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " ", TCL_INDEX_NONE); } Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, "-x %d -relx %.4g -y %d -rely %.4g", contentPtr->x, contentPtr->relX, contentPtr->y, contentPtr->relY); | | | | | | 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, infoObj, Tk_NewWindowObj(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin)); Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " ", TCL_INDEX_NONE); } Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, "-x %d -relx %.4g -y %d -rely %.4g", contentPtr->x, contentPtr->relX, contentPtr->y, contentPtr->relY); if (contentPtr->widthObj) { Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -width %d", contentPtr->width); } else { Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " -width {}", TCL_INDEX_NONE); } if (contentPtr->relWidthObj) { Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -relwidth %.4g", contentPtr->relWidth); } else { Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " -relwidth {}", TCL_INDEX_NONE); } if (contentPtr->heightObj) { Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -height %d", contentPtr->height); } else { Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " -height {}", TCL_INDEX_NONE); } if (contentPtr->relHeightObj) { Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -relheight %.4g", contentPtr->relHeight); } else { Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " -relheight {}", TCL_INDEX_NONE); } Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -anchor %s -bordermode %s", |
︙ | ︙ | |||
902 903 904 905 906 907 908 | * and location of anchor point within container. */ x1 = contentPtr->x + containerX + (contentPtr->relX*containerWidth); x = (int) (x1 + ((x1 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5)); y1 = contentPtr->y + containerY + (contentPtr->relY*containerHeight); y = (int) (y1 + ((y1 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5)); | | | | | | | | 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 | * and location of anchor point within container. */ x1 = contentPtr->x + containerX + (contentPtr->relX*containerWidth); x = (int) (x1 + ((x1 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5)); y1 = contentPtr->y + containerY + (contentPtr->relY*containerHeight); y = (int) (y1 + ((y1 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5)); if ((contentPtr->widthObj) || contentPtr->relWidthObj) { width = 0; if (contentPtr->widthObj) { width += contentPtr->width; } if (contentPtr->relWidthObj) { /* * The code below is a bit tricky. In order to round correctly * when both relX and relWidth are specified, compute the * location of the right edge and round that, then compute * width. If we compute the width and round it, rounding * errors in relX and relWidth accumulate. */ x2 = x1 + (contentPtr->relWidth*containerWidth); tmp = (int) (x2 + ((x2 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5)); width += tmp - x; } } else { width = Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + 2*Tk_Changes(contentPtr->tkwin)->border_width; } if (contentPtr->heightObj || contentPtr->relHeightObj) { height = 0; if (contentPtr->heightObj) { height += contentPtr->height; } if (contentPtr->relHeightObj) { /* * See note above for rounding errors in width computation. */ y2 = y1 + (contentPtr->relHeight*containerHeight); tmp = (int) (y2 + ((y2 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5)); height += tmp - y; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 | if (containerPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) { if ((x != Tk_X(contentPtr->tkwin)) || (y != Tk_Y(contentPtr->tkwin)) || (width != Tk_Width(contentPtr->tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(contentPtr->tkwin))) { Tk_MoveResizeWindow(contentPtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height); } | | | | | 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 | if (containerPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) { if ((x != Tk_X(contentPtr->tkwin)) || (y != Tk_Y(contentPtr->tkwin)) || (width != Tk_Width(contentPtr->tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(contentPtr->tkwin))) { Tk_MoveResizeWindow(contentPtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height); } if (abort) { break; } /* * Don't map the content unless the container is mapped: the content will * get mapped later, when the container is mapped. */ if (Tk_IsMapped(containerPtr->tkwin)) { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 | PlaceRequestProc( void *clientData, /* Pointer to our record for content. */ TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window)) /* Window that changed its desired size. */ { Content *contentPtr = (Content *)clientData; Container *containerPtr; | | | | | | | | | 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 | PlaceRequestProc( void *clientData, /* Pointer to our record for content. */ TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window)) /* Window that changed its desired size. */ { Content *contentPtr = (Content *)clientData; Container *containerPtr; if ((contentPtr->widthObj || contentPtr->relWidthObj) && (contentPtr->heightObj || contentPtr->relHeightObj)) { /* * Send a ConfigureNotify to indicate that the size change * request was rejected. */ TkDoConfigureNotify((TkWindow *)(contentPtr->tkwin)); return; } containerPtr = contentPtr->containerPtr; if (containerPtr == NULL) { return; } if (!(containerPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) { |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND, offsetof(TkScrollbar, command), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR, offsetof(TkScrollbar, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-elementborderwidth", "elementBorderWidth", "BorderWidth", DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH, | | | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND, offsetof(TkScrollbar, command), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR, offsetof(TkScrollbar, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-elementborderwidth", "elementBorderWidth", "BorderWidth", DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH, offsetof(TkScrollbar, elementBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground", "HighlightBackground", DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG, offsetof(TkScrollbar, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, NULL}, {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor", DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT, offsetof(TkScrollbar, highlightColorPtr), 0, NULL}, {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness", |
︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 | scrollPtr->activeBorder = NULL; scrollPtr->troughColorPtr = NULL; scrollPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0; scrollPtr->highlightBgColorPtr = NULL; scrollPtr->highlightColorPtr = NULL; scrollPtr->inset = 0; | | | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 | scrollPtr->activeBorder = NULL; scrollPtr->troughColorPtr = NULL; scrollPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0; scrollPtr->highlightBgColorPtr = NULL; scrollPtr->highlightColorPtr = NULL; scrollPtr->inset = 0; scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = INT_MIN; scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0; scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0; scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0; scrollPtr->activeField = 0; scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0; scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 | */ if (scrollPtr->command != NULL) { scrollPtr->commandSize = (int) strlen(scrollPtr->command); } else { scrollPtr->commandSize = 0; } /* * Configure platform specific options. */ TkpConfigureScrollbar(scrollPtr); | > > > > > > | 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 | */ if (scrollPtr->command != NULL) { scrollPtr->commandSize = (int) strlen(scrollPtr->command); } else { scrollPtr->commandSize = 0; } if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) { scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0; } if (scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth < 0) { scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = INT_MIN; } /* * Configure platform specific options. */ TkpConfigureScrollbar(scrollPtr); |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkText.h.
︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 | * type. */ struct TkTextSegment *nextPtr; /* Next in list of segments for this line, or * NULL for end of list. */ Tcl_Size size; /* Size of this segment (# of bytes of index * space it occupies). */ union { | > > | | | > | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 | * type. */ struct TkTextSegment *nextPtr; /* Next in list of segments for this line, or * NULL for end of list. */ Tcl_Size size; /* Size of this segment (# of bytes of index * space it occupies). */ union { /* The TKFLEXARRAY macro - unfortunately - doesn't work inside a union. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2) char chars[0]; /* Characters that make up character info. */ #else /* Actual length varies to hold as many */ char chars[1]; /* characters as needed. See [dacd18294b] */ #endif TkTextToggle toggle; /* Information about tag toggle. */ TkTextMark mark; /* Information about mark. */ TkTextEmbWindow ew; /* Information about embedded window. */ TkTextEmbImage ei; /* Information about embedded image. */ } body; } TkTextSegment; |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextDisp.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(textPtr->tkwin, Tk_WindowId(textPtr->tkwin), textPtr->border, textPtr->highlightWidth, textPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Width(textPtr->tkwin) - 2*textPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Height(textPtr->tkwin) - 2*textPtr->highlightWidth, textPtr->borderWidth, textPtr->relief); | | | 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(textPtr->tkwin, Tk_WindowId(textPtr->tkwin), textPtr->border, textPtr->highlightWidth, textPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Width(textPtr->tkwin) - 2*textPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Height(textPtr->tkwin) - 2*textPtr->highlightWidth, textPtr->borderWidth, textPtr->relief); if (textPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { GC fgGC, bgGC; bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(textPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, Tk_WindowId(textPtr->tkwin)); if (textPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(textPtr->highlightColorPtr, Tk_WindowId(textPtr->tkwin)); |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
225 226 227 228 229 230 231 | { Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj; Tcl_Obj *fontObj; Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; Tcl_Obj *anchorObj; | < | 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 | { Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj; Tcl_Obj *fontObj; Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; Tcl_Obj *anchorObj; Tcl_Obj *wrapLengthObj; } LabelPart; typedef struct { WidgetCore core; BasePart base; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 | TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", NULL, offsetof(Label,label.reliefObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", "w", offsetof(Label,label.anchorObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, | < < < | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 | TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", NULL, offsetof(Label,label.reliefObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", "w", offsetof(Label,label.anchorObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength", NULL, offsetof(Label, label.wrapLengthObj), TCL_INDEX_NONE, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*SB: SIZE_CHANGED*/ }, WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE, WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs) }; |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 | int selStartX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, selFirst); int selEndX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, selLast); int borderWidth = 0; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, es.selBorderWidthObj, &borderWidth); if (selBorder) { | > > > > > > | < | | 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 | int selStartX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, selFirst); int selEndX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, selLast); int borderWidth = 0; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, es.selBorderWidthObj, &borderWidth); if (selBorder) { int selWidth; int textareaEnd = textarea.x + textarea.width; if (selEndX > textareaEnd) selEndX = textareaEnd; selWidth = selEndX - selStartX + 2 * borderWidth; if (selWidth > 0) Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, selBorder, selStartX - borderWidth, entryPtr->entry.layoutY - borderWidth, selWidth, entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight + 2*borderWidth, borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED); } } /* Initialize the clip region. Note that Xft does _not_ derive its * clipping area from the GC, so we have to supply that by other means. */ |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
430 431 432 433 434 435 436 | Tcl_Size index; for (index = 0; index < mgr->nContent; ++index) if (mgr->content[index]->window == window) return index; return -1; } | | > > > > | | > > > > > | | | 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 | Tcl_Size index; for (index = 0; index < mgr->nContent; ++index) if (mgr->content[index]->window == window) return index; return -1; } /* ++ Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(interp, mgr, objPtr, lastOK, indexPtr) -- * Return the index of the content window specified by objPtr. * Content windows may be specified as an integer index or * as the name of the managed window. * * The parameter lastOK should be non-0 if the resolved index can be equal to * the current size (i.e. one more than the current highest index) and 0 * otherwise. * * Returns: * Standard Tcl completion code. Leaves an error message in case of error. */ int Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int lastOK, Tcl_Size *indexPtr) { const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); Tcl_Size index = 0; Tk_Window tkwin; /* Try interpreting as an integer first: */ if (TkGetIntForIndex(objPtr, mgr->nContent - 1, lastOK, &index) == TCL_OK) { /* * Note despite passing lastOK above, we still need to check here * as well as TkGetIntForIndex only uses lastOK for end-relative indices, * not integers. */ if (index < 0 || (index - !!lastOK) >= mgr->nContent) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "Managed window index \"%s\" out of bounds", Tcl_GetString(objPtr))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "MANAGED", "INDEX", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } *indexPtr = index; return TCL_OK; } |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.h.
︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | */ #define Ttk_SlaveIndex Ttk_ContentIndex MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Size Ttk_ContentIndex(Ttk_Manager *, Tk_Window); /* Returns: index in content array of specified window, TCL_INDEX_NONE if not found */ #define Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( | | | 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 | */ #define Ttk_SlaveIndex Ttk_ContentIndex MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Size Ttk_ContentIndex(Ttk_Manager *, Tk_Window); /* Returns: index in content array of specified window, TCL_INDEX_NONE if not found */ #define Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_Manager *, Tcl_Obj *, int lastOK, Tcl_Size *indexPtr); /* Accessor functions: */ #define Ttk_NumberSlaves Ttk_NumberContent MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Size Ttk_NumberContent(Ttk_Manager *); /* Returns: number of managed content windows */ |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
364 365 366 367 368 369 370 | for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) { Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i); Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb,i); Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab); Ttk_LayoutSize(tabLayout,tabState,&tab->width,&tab->height); | | | 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 | for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) { Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i); Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb,i); Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab); Ttk_LayoutSize(tabLayout,tabState,&tab->width,&tab->height); tab->width = MAX(tab->width, minTabWidth); if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { tabrowHeight = MAX(tabrowHeight, tab->height); if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) { tabrowWidth += tab->width; } } else { tabrowWidth = MAX(tabrowWidth, tab->width); if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) { tabrowHeight += tab->height; } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
859 860 861 862 863 864 865 | *index_rtn = nb->notebook.currentIndex; return TCL_OK; } /* ... or integer index or content window name: */ if (Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( | | | 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 | *index_rtn = nb->notebook.currentIndex; return TCL_OK; } /* ... or integer index or content window name: */ if (Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objPtr, 1, index_rtn) == TCL_OK) { return TCL_OK; } if (*index_rtn == Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr)) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "Invalid tab specification %s", string)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "NOTEBOOK", "SPEC", NULL); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
886 887 888 889 890 891 892 | */ static int GetTabIndex( Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tcl_Size *index_rtn) { int status = FindTabIndex(interp, nb, objPtr, index_rtn); if (status == TCL_OK && *index_rtn >= Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr)) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | | | | 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 | */ static int GetTabIndex( Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tcl_Size *index_rtn) { int status = FindTabIndex(interp, nb, objPtr, index_rtn); if (status == TCL_OK && *index_rtn >= Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr)) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "Tab index \"%s\" out of bounds", Tcl_GetString(objPtr))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "NOTEBOOK", "INDEX", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (status == TCL_OK && *index_rtn < 0) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "Tab '%s' not found", Tcl_GetString(objPtr))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "NOTEBOOK", "TAB", NULL); status = TCL_ERROR; } return status; } /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
958 959 960 961 962 963 964 | Tcl_Size srcIndex, destIndex; if (objc < 4) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index window ?-option value ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } | < < < < < > > > > | > > > > > | 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 | Tcl_Size srcIndex, destIndex; if (objc < 4) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index window ?-option value ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '.') { /* Window name -- could be new or existing content window. */ Tk_Window window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),nb->core.tkwin); if (!window) { return TCL_ERROR; } srcIndex = Ttk_ContentIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, window); if (srcIndex < 0) { /* New content window */ if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objv[2], 1, &destIndex)) { return TCL_ERROR; } return AddTab(interp, nb, destIndex, window, objc-4,objv+4); } } else if (Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objv[3], 0, &srcIndex) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } else if (srcIndex >= Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr)) { srcIndex = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr) - 1; } if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objv[2], 0, &destIndex)) { return TCL_ERROR; } /* Move existing content window: */ if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex), Ttk_ContentWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex), objc-4,objv+4) != TCL_OK) |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 | } tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index); tab->state = TAB_STATE_HIDDEN; if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) { SelectNearestTab(nb); } else { | | | 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 | } tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index); tab->state = TAB_STATE_HIDDEN; if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) { SelectNearestTab(nb); } else { TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core); } return TCL_OK; } /* $nb identify $x $y -- * Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none. |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 | if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab"); return TCL_ERROR; } status = FindTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index); if (status == TCL_OK) { | | | | | 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 | if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab"); return TCL_ERROR; } status = FindTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index); if (status == TCL_OK) { if (index >= 0) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewIndexObj(index)); } } return status; } /* $nb select ?$item? -- * Select the specified tab, or return the widget path of |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
663 664 665 666 667 668 669 | window = Tk_NameToWindow( interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), pw->core.tkwin); if (!window) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( | | | 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 | window = Tk_NameToWindow( interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), pw->core.tkwin); if (!window) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( interp,pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], 1, &destIndex)) { return TCL_ERROR; } srcIndex = Ttk_ContentIndex(pw->paned.mgr, window); if (srcIndex < 0) { /* New content: */ return AddPane(interp, pw, destIndex, window, objc-4, objv+4); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
698 699 700 701 702 703 704 | if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "pane"); return TCL_ERROR; } if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( | | | 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 | if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "pane"); return TCL_ERROR; } if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( interp, pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], 0, &paneIndex)) { return TCL_ERROR; } else if (paneIndex >= Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr)) { paneIndex = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr) - 1; } Ttk_ForgetContent(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
779 780 781 782 783 784 785 | if (objc < 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "pane ?-option value ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( | | | 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 | if (objc < 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "pane ?-option value ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj( interp,pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], 0, &paneIndex)) { return TCL_ERROR; } else if (paneIndex >= Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr)) { paneIndex = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr) - 1; } pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex); |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
671 672 673 674 675 676 677 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "COLBOUND", NULL); return NULL; } return tv->tree.columns + columnIndex; } Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | | | 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "COLBOUND", NULL); return NULL; } return tv->tree.columns + columnIndex; } Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "Invalid column index \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(columnIDObj))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "COLUMN", NULL); return NULL; } /* + FindColumn -- * Look up column by name, number, or display index. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 | if (TreeviewInitDisplayColumns(interp, tv) != TCL_OK) return TCL_ERROR; } if (mask & COLUMNS_CHANGED) { CellSelectionClear(tv); } if (tv->tree.nTitleColumns < 0) { | | | | | | | | 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 | if (TreeviewInitDisplayColumns(interp, tv) != TCL_OK) return TCL_ERROR; } if (mask & COLUMNS_CHANGED) { CellSelectionClear(tv); } if (tv->tree.nTitleColumns < 0) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "\"#%" TCL_SIZE_MODIFIER "d\" is out of range", tv->tree.nTitleColumns)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "TITLECOLUMNS", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (tv->tree.nTitleItems < 0) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "\"%" TCL_SIZE_MODIFIER "d\" is out of range", tv->tree.nTitleItems)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "TITLEITEMS", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (mask & SCROLLCMD_CHANGED) { TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(tv->tree.xscrollHandle); TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(tv->tree.yscrollHandle); } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 | /* Propagate column width changes to overall widget request width, * but only if the widget is currently unmapped, in order to prevent * geometry jumping during interactive column resize. */ if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) { if (!Tk_IsMapped(tv->core.tkwin)) { TtkResizeWidget(&tv->core); | | | | 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 | /* Propagate column width changes to overall widget request width, * but only if the widget is currently unmapped, in order to prevent * geometry jumping during interactive column resize. */ if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) { if (!Tk_IsMapped(tv->core.tkwin)) { TtkResizeWidget(&tv->core); } else { RecomputeSlack(tv); ResizeColumns(tv, TreeWidth(tv)); } } TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core); Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); return TCL_OK; error: |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 | visibleRows = tv->tree.treeArea.height / tv->tree.rowHeight; tv->tree.root->state |= TTK_STATE_OPEN; UpdatePositionTree(tv); first = tv->tree.yscroll.first; last = tv->tree.yscroll.first + visibleRows - tv->tree.titleRows; total = tv->tree.totalRows - tv->tree.titleRows; if (tv->tree.treeArea.height % tv->tree.rowHeight) { | | | | | | | | | 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 | visibleRows = tv->tree.treeArea.height / tv->tree.rowHeight; tv->tree.root->state |= TTK_STATE_OPEN; UpdatePositionTree(tv); first = tv->tree.yscroll.first; last = tv->tree.yscroll.first + visibleRows - tv->tree.titleRows; total = tv->tree.totalRows - tv->tree.titleRows; if (tv->tree.treeArea.height % tv->tree.rowHeight) { /* When the treeview height doesn't correspond to an exact number * of rows, the last row count must be incremented to draw a * partial row at the bottom. The total row count must also be * incremented to be able to scroll all the way to the bottom. */ last++; total++; } TtkScrolled(tv->tree.yscrollHandle, first, last, total); } /* + TreeviewSize -- * SizeProc() widget hook. Size is determined by * -height option and column widths. |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 | Ttk_TagSetValues(tv->tree.tagTable, column->tagset, displayItemUsed); OverrideStriped(tv, item, displayItemUsed); Ttk_TagSetApplyStyle(tv->tree.tagTable, style, stateCell, displayItemUsed); } | | | 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 | Ttk_TagSetValues(tv->tree.tagTable, column->tagset, displayItemUsed); OverrideStriped(tv, item, displayItemUsed); Ttk_TagSetApplyStyle(tv->tree.tagTable, style, stateCell, displayItemUsed); } displayItem.anchorObj = tv->tree.column0.anchorObj; Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, column->anchorObj, &textAnchor); displayItemUsed->textObj = item->textObj; /* Item's image can be null, and may come from the tag */ if (item->imageObj) { displayItemUsed->imageObj = item->imageObj; } if (item->imageAnchorObj) { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 | /* + DrawForest -- * Draw a sequence of items and their visible descendants. */ static void DrawForest( Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, Drawable d, int depth) { while (item) { | | | 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 | /* + DrawForest -- * Draw a sequence of items and their visible descendants. */ static void DrawForest( Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, Drawable d, int depth) { while (item) { DrawSubtree(tv, item, d, depth); item = item->next; } } /* + TreeviewDisplay -- * Display() widget hook. Draw the widget contents. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 | Ttk_Box itemBox; DisplayItem displayItem; Ttk_Element element; Ttk_State state = ItemState(tv, item); BoundingBox(tv, item, NULL, &itemBox); PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem, state); | | | | 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 | Ttk_Box itemBox; DisplayItem displayItem; Ttk_Element element; Ttk_State state = ItemState(tv, item); BoundingBox(tv, item, NULL, &itemBox); PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem, state); if (item->textObj) { displayItem.textObj = item->textObj; } if (item->imageObj) { displayItem.imageObj = item->imageObj; } Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem); Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, state, itemBox); element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y); if (element) { what = "item"; detail = Ttk_ElementName(element); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 | } else if (objc != 5) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "command x y"); return TCL_ERROR; } if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], submethodStrings, sizeof(char *), "command", TCL_EXACT, &submethod) != TCL_OK | | | 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 | } else if (objc != 5) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "command x y"); return TCL_ERROR; } if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], submethodStrings, sizeof(char *), "command", TCL_EXACT, &submethod) != TCL_OK || Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tv->core.tkwin, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK || Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tv->core.tkwin, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK ) { return TCL_ERROR; } region = IdentifyRegion(tv, x, y); item = IdentifyItem(tv, y); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 | return TCL_OK; } if (!BoundingBox(tv, item, column, &bbox)) { return TCL_OK; } state = ItemState(tv, item); PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem, state); | | | | 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 | return TCL_OK; } if (!BoundingBox(tv, item, column, &bbox)) { return TCL_OK; } state = ItemState(tv, item); PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem, state); if (item->textObj) { displayItem.textObj = item->textObj; } if (item->imageObj) { displayItem.imageObj = item->imageObj; } Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem); Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, state, bbox); element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y); if (element) { const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element); Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1)); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 | } } /* Remove items from hash table. */ delq = 0; for (i = 0; items[i]; ++i) { | | | | | 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 | } } /* Remove items from hash table. */ delq = 0; for (i = 0; items[i]; ++i) { if (items[i]->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) { selChange = 1; } else if (items[i]->selObj != NULL) { Tcl_Size length; Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, items[i]->selObj, &length); if (length > 0) { selChange = 1; } } delq = DeleteItems(items[i], delq); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 | tv->tree.endPtr = 0; FreeItem(delq); delq = next; } ckfree(items); if (selChange) { | | | 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 | tv->tree.endPtr = 0; FreeItem(delq); delq = next; } ckfree(items); if (selChange) { Tk_SendVirtualEvent(tv->core.tkwin, "TreeviewSelect", NULL); } tv->tree.rowPosNeedsUpdate = 1; TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core); return TCL_OK; } /* + $tv move $item $parent $index |
︙ | ︙ | |||
4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName"); return TCL_ERROR; } tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tagTable, objv[3]); /* remove the tag from all cells and items */ while (item) { | | | 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName"); return TCL_ERROR; } tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tagTable, objv[3]); /* remove the tag from all cells and items */ while (item) { RemoveTagFromCellsAtItem(item, tag); RemoveTag(item, tag); item = NextPreorder(item); } /* then remove the tag from the tag table */ Tk_DeleteAllBindings(tv->tree.bindingTable, tag); Ttk_DeleteTagFromTable(tagTable, tag); TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 | /* Remove tag from all cells at row 'item' */ static void RemoveTagFromCellsAtItem(TreeItem *item, Ttk_Tag tag) { Tcl_Size i; for (i = 0; i < item->nTagSets; i++) { | | | | | 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 | /* Remove tag from all cells at row 'item' */ static void RemoveTagFromCellsAtItem(TreeItem *item, Ttk_Tag tag) { Tcl_Size i; for (i = 0; i < item->nTagSets; i++) { if (item->cellTagSets[i] != NULL) { Ttk_TagSetRemove(item->cellTagSets[i], tag); } } } static int TreeviewTagRemoveCommand( void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Size objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { Treeview *tv = (Treeview *)recordPtr; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 | AllocCellTagSets(tv, item, columnNumber); Ttk_TagSetRemove(item->cellTagSets[columnNumber], tag); } ckfree(cells); } else { item = tv->tree.root; while (item) { | | | 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 | AllocCellTagSets(tv, item, columnNumber); Ttk_TagSetRemove(item->cellTagSets[columnNumber], tag); } ckfree(cells); } else { item = tv->tree.root; while (item) { RemoveTagFromCellsAtItem(item, tag); item = NextPreorder(item); } } TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core); return TCL_OK; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 | }; /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Widget commands record. */ static const Ttk_Ensemble TreeviewCommands[] = { { "bbox", TreeviewBBoxCommand,0 }, | | | 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 | }; /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Widget commands record. */ static const Ttk_Ensemble TreeviewCommands[] = { { "bbox", TreeviewBBoxCommand,0 }, { "cellselection", TreeviewCellSelectionCommand,0 }, { "children", TreeviewChildrenCommand,0 }, { "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 }, { "column", TreeviewColumnCommand,0 }, { "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 }, { "delete", TreeviewDeleteCommand,0 }, { "detach", TreeviewDetachCommand,0 }, { "detached", TreeviewDetachedCommand,0 }, |
︙ | ︙ | |||
4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 | { "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 }, { "item", TreeviewItemCommand,0 }, { "move", TreeviewMoveCommand,0 }, { "next", TreeviewNextCommand,0 }, { "parent", TreeviewParentCommand,0 }, { "prev", TreeviewPrevCommand,0 }, { "see", TreeviewSeeCommand,0 }, | | | 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 | { "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 }, { "item", TreeviewItemCommand,0 }, { "move", TreeviewMoveCommand,0 }, { "next", TreeviewNextCommand,0 }, { "parent", TreeviewParentCommand,0 }, { "prev", TreeviewPrevCommand,0 }, { "see", TreeviewSeeCommand,0 }, { "selection", TreeviewSelectionCommand,0 }, { "set", TreeviewSetCommand,0 }, { "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 }, { "style", TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 }, { "tag", 0,TreeviewTagCommands }, { "xview", TreeviewXViewCommand,0 }, { "yview", TreeviewYViewCommand,0 }, { 0,0,0 } |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/button.tcl.
︙ | ︙ | |||
748 749 750 751 752 753 754 | $w configure -state normal } # Restore the original button "selected" color; but only if the user # has not changed it in the meantime. if {![$w cget -indicatoron] && [info exist Priv($w,selectcolor)]} { | | | | | 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 | $w configure -state normal } # Restore the original button "selected" color; but only if the user # has not changed it in the meantime. if {![$w cget -indicatoron] && [info exist Priv($w,selectcolor)]} { if {[$w cget -selectcolor] eq $Priv($w,selectcolor) || ([info exist Priv($w,aselectcolor)] && [$w cget -selectcolor] eq $Priv($w,aselectcolor))} { $w configure -selectcolor $Priv($w,selectcolor) } } unset -nocomplain Priv($w,selectcolor) Priv($w,aselectcolor) # Restore the original button relief if it was changed by Tk. That is # signaled by the existence of Priv($w,prelief). |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/tk.tcl.
︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | package require -exact tk 9.0b3 # Create a ::tk namespace namespace eval ::tk { # Set up the msgcat commands namespace eval msgcat { namespace export mc mcmax | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | package require -exact tk 9.0b3 # Create a ::tk namespace namespace eval ::tk { # Set up the msgcat commands namespace eval msgcat { namespace export mc mcmax if {[interp issafe] || [catch {package require msgcat}]} { # The msgcat package is not available. Supply our own # minimal replacement. proc mc {src args} { return [format $src {*}$args] } proc mcmax {args} { set max 0 foreach string $args { set len [string length $string] if {$len>$max} { set max $len } } return $max } } else { # Get the commands from the msgcat package that Tk uses. namespace import ::msgcat::mc namespace import ::msgcat::mcmax ::msgcat::mcload [file join $::tk_library msgs] } } namespace import ::tk::msgcat::* } # and a ::ttk namespace namespace eval ::ttk { if {$::tk_library ne ""} { # avoid file join to work in safe interps, but this is also x-plat ok |
︙ | ︙ | |||
494 495 496 497 498 499 500 | # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Read in files that define all of the class bindings. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- if {$::tk_library ne ""} { proc ::tk::SourceLibFile {file} { | | | 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 | # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Read in files that define all of the class bindings. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- if {$::tk_library ne ""} { proc ::tk::SourceLibFile {file} { namespace eval :: [list source [file join $::tk_library $file.tcl]] } namespace eval ::tk { SourceLibFile icons SourceLibFile iconbadges SourceLibFile button SourceLibFile entry SourceLibFile listbox |
︙ | ︙ | |||
720 721 722 723 724 725 726 | proc ::tk::mac::DoScriptText {script} { uplevel #0 $script eval $script } #This procedure is required to silence warnings generated #by inline AppleScript execution. proc ::tk::mac::GetDynamicSdef {} { | | | | 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 | proc ::tk::mac::DoScriptText {script} { uplevel #0 $script eval $script } #This procedure is required to silence warnings generated #by inline AppleScript execution. proc ::tk::mac::GetDynamicSdef {} { puts "" } } if {[info commands ::tk::endOfWord] eq ""} { proc ::tk::endOfWord {str start {locale {}}} { if {$start < 0} { set start -1 } |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 | butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { return; } pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr)) { macButtonPtr->useTkText = 0; } else { macButtonPtr->useTkText = 1; } if (macButtonPtr->useTkText) { if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) { Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); } else { Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); } | > > | | | | | | | | | | 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 | butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { return; } pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr)) { macButtonPtr->useTkText = 0; } else { macButtonPtr->useTkText = 1; } if (macButtonPtr->useTkText) { if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) { Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); } else { Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); } /* * Display image or bitmap or text for labels or custom controls. */ DrawButtonImageAndText(butPtr); needhighlight = 1; } else { /* * Draw the native portion of the buttons. */ TkMacOSXDrawButton(macButtonPtr, dpPtr->gc, pixmap); /* * Ask for the highlight border, if needed. */ if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) { needhighlight = 1; } } /* * Draw highlight border, if needed. */ if (needhighlight) { GC gc = NULL; if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) && butPtr->highlightColorPtr) { gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) { gc = Tk_GCForColor(Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder), pixmap); } if (gc) { TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder(tkwin, gc, 0, butPtr->highlightWidth); } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 | Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height); haveImage = 1; } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) { Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); haveImage = 1; } if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) { Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout); butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont, text, TCL_INDEX_NONE, butPtr->wrapLength, butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight); | > > > | | | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 | Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height); haveImage = 1; } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) { Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); haveImage = 1; } Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->padXPtr, &butPtr->padX); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->padYPtr, &butPtr->padY); if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) { Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout); butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont, text, TCL_INDEX_NONE, butPtr->wrapLength, butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight); txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth + 2 * butPtr->padX; txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight + 2 * butPtr->padY; haveText = 1; } if (haveImage) { if (haveText) { /* Image and Text */ switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { case COMPOUND_TOP: |
︙ | ︙ | |||
338 339 340 341 342 343 344 | break; case COMPOUND_LEFT: case COMPOUND_RIGHT: /* * Image is left or right of text. */ | | | 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 | break; case COMPOUND_LEFT: case COMPOUND_RIGHT: /* * Image is left or right of text. */ width += txtWidth + 2 * butPtr->padX; height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); break; case COMPOUND_CENTER: /* * Image and text are superimposed. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
364 365 366 367 368 369 370 | /* * Allow room to shift the image. */ width += 2; height += 2; } } else { /* Text only */ | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 | /* * Allow room to shift the image. */ width += 2; height += 2; } } else { /* Text only */ width = txtWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace; height = txtHeight; if (butPtr->width > 0) { charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1); width = butPtr->width * charWidth + 2 * butPtr->padX; } if (butPtr->height > 0) { Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm); height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace + 2 * butPtr->padY; } } /* * Now figure out the size of the border decorations for the button. */ Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->borderWidthPtr, &butPtr->borderWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); butPtr->inset = butPtr->borderWidth + butPtr->highlightWidth; width += butPtr->inset * 2; height += butPtr->inset * 2; if ([NSApp macOSVersion] == 100600) { width += 12; } if (mbPtr->btnkind == kThemePushButton) { HIRect tmpRect; HIRect contBounds; /* * A PushButton has a minimum size. We make sure that we are not * underestimating the size by requesting the content size of a * Pushbutton whose overall size is our content size expanded by the * standard padding. */ tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2 * HI_PADX, height + 2 * HI_PADY); HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds); if (height < contBounds.size.height) { height = (int)contBounds.size.height; } if (width < contBounds.size.width) { width = (int)contBounds.size.width; } height += 2 * HI_PADY; width += 2 * HI_PADX; } Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height); Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset); } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
449 450 451 452 453 454 455 | int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0; int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0; int width = 0, height = 0; int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0; DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { | | | | | | | > > > > > | | | 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 | int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0; int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0; int width = 0, height = 0; int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0; DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { return; } pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); if (butPtr->image != NULL) { Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height); haveImage = 1; } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) { Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); haveImage = 1; } imageWidth = width; imageHeight = height; if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) { pressed = 1; } Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->padXPtr, &butPtr->padX); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->padYPtr, &butPtr->padY); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->borderWidthPtr, &butPtr->borderWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0); if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */ int x, y; switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { case COMPOUND_TOP: case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: /* Image is above or below text */ if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) { textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY; } else { imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
522 523 524 525 526 527 528 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; break; default: break; } | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; break; default: break; } TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth, butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth, fullWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace, fullHeight, &x, &y); x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; if (dpPtr->relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) { x += dpPtr->offset; y += dpPtr->offset; } else if (dpPtr->relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) { x -= dpPtr->offset; y -= dpPtr->offset; } if (pressed) { x += dpPtr->offset; y += dpPtr->offset; } imageXOffset += x; imageYOffset += y; if (butPtr->image != NULL) { if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) { Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) && (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); } else { Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); } } else { XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0); } y += 1; /* Tweak to match native buttons. */ Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1); Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, butPtr->underline); } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */ int x = 0, y; TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth, butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth, width + butPtr->indicatorSpace, height, &x, &y); x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; if (pressed) { x += dpPtr->offset; y += dpPtr->offset; } imageXOffset += x; imageYOffset += y; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
606 607 608 609 610 611 612 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y); XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0); } } else { /* Text only */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y); XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0); } } else { /* Text only */ int x, y; TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY, butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace, butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y); x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; y += 1; /* Tweak to match native buttons */ Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout, x, y, 0, -1); } /* * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget is * selected and we use a different background color when selected, must * temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color. */ if (mbPtr->useTkText) { if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && ((butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) || (butPtr->image != NULL))) { if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) { XSetForeground(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC, Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->selectBorder)->pixel); } /* * Stipple the whole button if no disabledFg was specified, * otherwise restrict stippling only to displayed image */ if (butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) { XFillRectangle(butPtr->display, pixmap, butPtr->stippleGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin)); } else { XFillRectangle(butPtr->display, pixmap, butPtr->stippleGC, imageXOffset, imageYOffset, (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight); } if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL) ) { XSetForeground(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC, Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->normalBorder)->pixel); } } /* * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the * button's contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border. */ if (dpPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth; Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, dpPtr->border, inset, inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * inset, butPtr->borderWidth, dpPtr->relief); } } } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpDestroyButton -- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
691 692 693 694 695 696 697 | void TkpDestroyButton( TkButton *butPtr) { MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; /* Mac button. */ if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 | void TkpDestroyButton( TkButton *butPtr) { MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; /* Mac button. */ if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) { Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler); } } /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXDrawButton -- * * This function draws the tk button using Mac controls. In addition, * this code may apply custom colors passed in the TkButton. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * The control is created, or reinitialised as needed * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TkMacOSXDrawButton( MacButton *mbPtr, /* Mac button. */ TCL_UNUSED(GC), /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for * the bevel button */ Pixmap pixmap) /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed * for the bevel button */ { TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) mbPtr; TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) butPtr->tkwin; HIRect cntrRect; TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; int useNewerHITools = 1; TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo); cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff, Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin)); cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect, butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset); if (useNewerHITools == 1) { HIRect contHIRec; static HIThemeButtonDrawInfo hiinfo; ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(&cntrRect, mbPtr, 32, true); if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, &dc)) { return; } hiinfo.version = 0; hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state; hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind; hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value; hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment; hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent(); if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) { hiinfo.animation.time.start = hiinfo.animation.time.current; } /* * To avoid buttons with white text on a white background, we set the * state to inactive in Dark Mode unless the button is pressed or is a * -default active button. This isn't perfect but it is mostly usable. * Using a ttk::button would be a much better choice, however. */ if ([NSApp macOSVersion] < 101500) { if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(butPtr->tkwin) && mbPtr->drawinfo.state != kThemeStatePressed && !(mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment & kThemeAdornmentDefault)) { hiinfo.state = kThemeStateInactive; } } HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec); TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); ButtonContentDrawCB(&contHIRec, mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo, (MacButton *) mbPtr, 32, true); } else { if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, &dc)) { return; } TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); } mbPtr->lastdrawinfo = mbPtr->drawinfo; } /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * ButtonBackgroundDrawCB -- * * This function draws the background that lies under checkboxes and * radiobuttons. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * The background gets updated to the current color. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ButtonBackgroundDrawCB( TCL_UNUSED(const HIRect *), MacButton *ptr, TCL_UNUSED(SInt16), TCL_UNUSED(Boolean)) { MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) ptr; TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) mbPtr; Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; Pixmap pixmap; int usehlborder = 0; if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { return; } pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) { switch (mbPtr->btnkind) { case kThemeSmallBevelButton: case kThemeBevelButton: case kThemeRoundedBevelButton: case kThemePushButton: usehlborder = 1; break; } } if (usehlborder) { Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); } else { Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); } } /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * ButtonContentDrawCB -- * * This function draws the label and image for the button. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * The content of the button gets updated. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ButtonContentDrawCB ( TCL_UNUSED(const HIRect *), TCL_UNUSED(ThemeButtonKind), TCL_UNUSED(const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *), MacButton *ptr, TCL_UNUSED(SInt16), TCL_UNUSED(Boolean)) { TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) ptr; Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { return; } /* * Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements within * button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
932 933 934 935 936 937 938 | * Carbon Appearance control. These are determined by the various tk * button parameters * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: | | > > > | | | | | | 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 | * Carbon Appearance control. These are determined by the various tk * button parameters * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * Sets the btnkind and drawinfo parameters * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams( TkButton *butPtr, ThemeButtonKind *btnkind, HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo) { MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->borderWidthPtr, &butPtr->borderWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 2) { *btnkind = kThemeSmallBevelButton; } else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 3) { *btnkind = kThemeBevelButton; } else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 4) { *btnkind = kThemeRoundedBevelButton; } else { *btnkind = kThemePushButton; } if ((butPtr->image == NULL) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) { switch (butPtr->type) { case TYPE_BUTTON: *btnkind = kThemePushButton; break; case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton; } else { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
978 979 980 981 982 983 984 | *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox; } break; } } if (butPtr->indicatorOn) { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 | *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox; } break; } } if (butPtr->indicatorOn) { switch (butPtr->type) { case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton; } else { *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton; } break; case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox; } else { *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox; } break; } } else { if (butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON || butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { if (*btnkind == kThemePushButton) { *btnkind = kThemeBevelButton; } } } if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) { drawinfo->value = kThemeButtonOn; } else if (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED) { drawinfo->value = kThemeButtonMixed; } else { drawinfo->value = kThemeButtonOff; } if ((mbPtr->flags & FIRST_DRAW) != 0) { mbPtr->flags &= ~FIRST_DRAW; if (Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront()) { mbPtr->flags |= ACTIVE; } } drawinfo->state = kThemeStateInactive; if ((mbPtr->flags & ACTIVE) == 0) { if (butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) { drawinfo->state = kThemeStateUnavailableInactive; } else { drawinfo->state = kThemeStateInactive; } } else if (butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) { drawinfo->state = kThemeStateUnavailable; } else if (butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) { drawinfo->state = kThemeStatePressed; } else { drawinfo->state = kThemeStateActive; } drawinfo->adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone; if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) { if (drawinfo->state != kThemeStatePressed) { drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentDefault; } /* * Older macOS systems (10.9 and earlier) use an animation to * indicate the active button. This is simulated by redrawing * the button periodically. */ if (!mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler && ([NSApp macOSVersion] <= 100900)) { mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, butPtr); } } else if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) { Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler); } if (butPtr->highlightWidth >= 3) { if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) { drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentFocus; } } } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams -- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 | { MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL) || (butPtr->bitmap != None)); if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) { | | | | | | | 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 | { MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL) || (butPtr->bitmap != None)); if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) { dpPtr->offset = 0; if (dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) { switch (mbPtr->btnkind) { case kThemeSmallBevelButton: case kThemeBevelButton: case kThemeRoundedBevelButton: case kThemePushButton: dpPtr->offset = 1; break; } } } dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder; if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) { dpPtr->gc = butPtr->disabledGC; } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON && butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) { dpPtr->gc = butPtr->activeTextGC; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 | * Fix 40ada90762: any idle calls to TkpDisplayButton need to be canceled * in case the button is destroyed and has its data freed before the idle * event is handled (DestroyButton only cancels calls when REDRAW_PENDING * is set, which is not the case after calling TkpDisplayButton directly). */ Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, clientData); mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( | | | 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 | * Fix 40ada90762: any idle calls to TkpDisplayButton need to be canceled * in case the button is destroyed and has its data freed before the idle * event is handled (DestroyButton only cancels calls when REDRAW_PENDING * is set, which is not the case after calling TkpDisplayButton directly). */ Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, clientData); mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, clientData); } /* * Local Variables: * mode: objc * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 79 * coding: utf-8 * End: */ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDefault.h.
︙ | ︙ | |||
471 472 473 474 475 476 477 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR "" | | | 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH NULL #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT NORMAL_FG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
193 194 195 196 197 198 199 | Tcl_Release(scalePtr); /* * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for horizontal and * vertical scales: border and traversal highlight. */ | | | 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 | Tcl_Release(scalePtr); /* * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for horizontal and * vertical scales: border and traversal highlight. */ if (scalePtr->highlightWidth > 0) { GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth, Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); } Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), scalePtr->bgBorder, scalePtr->highlightWidth, scalePtr->highlightWidth, |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
280 281 282 283 284 285 286 | CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t); /* * Draw a 3D rectangle to provide a base for the native scrollbar. */ | | | 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 | CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t); /* * Draw a 3D rectangle to provide a base for the native scrollbar. */ if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { GC fgGC, bgGC; bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, (Pixmap) macWin); if (scrollPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightColorPtr, (Pixmap) macWin); } else { fgGC = bgGC; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
645 646 647 648 649 650 651 | msPtr->info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction; } if ((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0) || height <= metrics.minHeight) { msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackHideTrack; } else { | | | | 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 | msPtr->info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction; } if ((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0) || height <= metrics.minHeight) { msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackHideTrack; } else { msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackActive; msPtr->info.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb | kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost; } } /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/bevel.tcl.
︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 | .t.t insert end \n .t.t insert end rrr r1 .t.t insert end ***** .t.t insert end rrr r1 font configure TkFixedFont -size 20 .t.t tag configure sol100 -relief solid -borderwidth 100 \ | | | | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 | .t.t insert end \n .t.t insert end rrr r1 .t.t insert end ***** .t.t insert end rrr r1 font configure TkFixedFont -size 20 .t.t tag configure sol100 -relief solid -borderwidth 100 \ -foreground red -font TkFixedFont .t.t tag configure sol12 -relief solid -borderwidth 12 \ -foreground red -font TkFixedFont .t.t tag configure big -font TkFixedFont set ind [.t.t index end] .t.t insert end "\n\nBorders do not leak on the neighbour chars" .t.t insert end "\nOnly \"S\" is on dark background" .t.t insert end { xxx |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/butGeom2.tcl.
︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | pack .t.control.left .t.control.right -side left -expand 1 -fill x label .t.anchorLabel -text "Color:" frame .t.control.left.f -width 6c -height 3c pack .t.anchorLabel .t.control.left.f -in .t.control.left -side top -anchor w foreach opt {activebackground activeforeground background disabledforeground foreground highlightbackground highlightcolor } { #button .t.color-$opt -text $opt -command "config -$opt \[tk_chooseColor]" menubutton .t.color-$opt -text $opt -menu .t.color-$opt.m -indicatoron 1 \ | | | | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | pack .t.control.left .t.control.right -side left -expand 1 -fill x label .t.anchorLabel -text "Color:" frame .t.control.left.f -width 6c -height 3c pack .t.anchorLabel .t.control.left.f -in .t.control.left -side top -anchor w foreach opt {activebackground activeforeground background disabledforeground foreground highlightbackground highlightcolor } { #button .t.color-$opt -text $opt -command "config -$opt \[tk_chooseColor]" menubutton .t.color-$opt -text $opt -menu .t.color-$opt.m -indicatoron 1 \ -relief raised -bd 2 menu .t.color-$opt.m -tearoff 0 .t.color-$opt.m add command -label Red -command "config -$opt red" .t.color-$opt.m add command -label Green -command "config -$opt green" .t.color-$opt.m add command -label Blue -command "config -$opt blue" .t.color-$opt.m add command -label Other... \ -command "config -$opt \[tk_chooseColor]" pack .t.color-$opt -in .t.control.left.f -fill x } set default disabled label .t.default -text Default: radiobutton .t.default-normal -text "Default normal" -relief flat \ -command "config-but -default normal" -variable default \ |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/button.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 | # checkbox widgets checkbutton .c .c configure -selectcolor {} } -cleanup { destroy .c } -result {} # ex-tests 3.* test button-2.1 {ButtonCreate - not enough arguments} -body { button } -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "button pathName ?-option value ...?"} test button-2.2 {ButtonCreate procedure - setting label class} -body { label .x | > > > > > > > > > > > | 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 | # checkbox widgets checkbutton .c .c configure -selectcolor {} } -cleanup { destroy .c } -result {} test button-1.271 {configuration options: fallback to default} -setup { checkbutton .c -borderwidth -2 -highlightthickness -2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold} pack .c update } -body { .c configure -padx -2 -pady -2 -wraplength -2 list [.c cget -padx] [.c cget -pady] [.c cget -borderwidth] [.c cget -highlightthickness] [.c cget -wraplength] } -cleanup { destroy .c } -result {0 0 0 0 0} # ex-tests 3.* test button-2.1 {ButtonCreate - not enough arguments} -body { button } -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "button pathName ?-option value ...?"} test button-2.2 {ButtonCreate procedure - setting label class} -body { label .x |
︙ | ︙ | |||
3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 | test button-5.17 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body { button .b -text "Button 1" catch {.b configure -width 1i} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { destroy .b } -result {expected integer but got "1i" | | | | | 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 | test button-5.17 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body { button .b -text "Button 1" catch {.b configure -width 1i} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { destroy .b } -result {expected integer but got "1i" (processing "-width" option) invoked from within ".b configure -width 1i"} test button-5.18 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body { button .b -text "Button 1" .b configure -height 0.5c } -cleanup { destroy .b } -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"} test button-5.19 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body { button .b -text "Button 1" catch {.b configure -height 0.5c} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { destroy .b } -result {expected integer but got "0.5c" (processing "-height" option) invoked from within ".b configure -height 0.5c"} #ex 6.16 test button-5.20 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body { button .b -bitmap questhead .b configure -width abc } -cleanup { destroy .b } -returnCodes {error} -result {expected screen distance but got "abc"} test button-5.21 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body { button .b -bitmap questhead catch {.b configure -width abc} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { destroy .b } -result {expected screen distance but got "abc" (processing "-width" option) invoked from within ".b configure -width abc"} test button-5.22 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints { testImageType } -setup { image create test image1 } -body { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 | button .b -image image1 catch {.b configure -height 0.5x} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { destroy .b image delete image1 } -result {expected screen distance but got "0.5x" | | | 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 | button .b -image image1 catch {.b configure -height 0.5x} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { destroy .b image delete image1 } -result {expected screen distance but got "0.5x" (processing "-height" option) invoked from within ".b configure -height 0.5x"} #ex 6.18 test button-5.24 {ConfigureButton - computing geometry} -constraints { fonts } -body { button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \ |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/canvImg.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 | set y {} set timer [after 500 {lappend y "timed out"}] .c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2 update idletasks update # On MacOS we need to wait for the test image display procedure to run. while {"timed out" ni $y && [lindex $y end 1] ne "display"} { | | | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 | set y {} set timer [after 500 {lappend y "timed out"}] .c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2 update idletasks update # On MacOS we need to wait for the test image display procedure to run. while {"timed out" ni $y && [lindex $y end 1] ne "display"} { vwait y } after cancel $timer list $x $y [.c bbox i1] } -cleanup { .c delete all image delete foo image delete foo2 |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/clrpick.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
145 146 147 148 149 150 151 | test clrpick-2.1 {tk_chooseColor command} -constraints { nonUnixUserInteraction colorsLeftover } -setup { set verylongstring [string repeat longstring: 100] } -body { ToPressButton . ok tk_chooseColor -title "Press Ok $verylongstring" -initialcolor #404040 \ | | | 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 | test clrpick-2.1 {tk_chooseColor command} -constraints { nonUnixUserInteraction colorsLeftover } -setup { set verylongstring [string repeat longstring: 100] } -body { ToPressButton . ok tk_chooseColor -title "Press Ok $verylongstring" -initialcolor #404040 \ -parent . } -result {#404040} test clrpick-2.2 {tk_chooseColor command} -constraints { nonUnixUserInteraction colorsLeftover } -body { set colors "128 128 64" ToChooseColorByKey . 128 128 64 tk_chooseColor -parent . -title "choose #808040" |
︙ | ︙ |
Added tests/corruptTruncatedColormap.gif.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to tests/font.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 | font actual -xyz--*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* font actual -xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* font actual -xyz-?-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* lindex [font actual -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 1 } -result [font actual {times 0} -family] | | | | | > > > > > > > | 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 | font actual -xyz--*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* font actual -xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* font actual -xyz-?-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* lindex [font actual -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 1 } -result [font actual {times 0} -family] test font-44.1 {TkFontGetPixels: size < 0} -setup { set oldscale [tk scaling] } -body { # if this test failed, start the investigations by reading ticket [8162e9b7a9] tk scaling 0.5 font actual {times -13} -size } -cleanup { tk scaling $oldscale } -result 26 test font-44.2 {TkFontGetPoints: size >= 0} -constraints {noExceed haveTimes12Font} -setup { set oldscale [tk scaling] } -body { tk scaling 0.5 font actual {times 12} -size } -cleanup { tk scaling $oldscale } -result 12 test font-44.3 {font create with display scaling not 100% - bug 8162e9b7a9} -body { set font1 TkDefaultFont set font2 [font create Font2 {*}[font actual $font1]] expr {[font actual $font1 -size] == [font actual $font2 -size]} } -cleanup { font delete $font2 } -result 1 test font-45.1 {TkFontGetAliasList: no match} -body { font actual {snarky 10} -family } -result [font actual {-size 10} -family] test font-45.2 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints win -body { font actual {times 10} -family |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/imgListFormat.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* tcltest::configure {*}$argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit | < < < < | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* tcltest::configure {*}$argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm] set transpTeapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapotTransparent.png] # --------------------------------------------------------------------- test imgListFormat-1.1 {ParseFormatOptions: default values} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
171 172 173 174 175 176 177 | } -returnCodes error -result \ {bad format option "-bogus": no options allowed} test imgListFormat-4.3 {StringReadDef: erroneous non-option argument} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 put orange -format {default bogus} } -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "bogus": no options allowed} | | < < | < < | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 | } -returnCodes error -result \ {bad format option "-bogus": no options allowed} test imgListFormat-4.3 {StringReadDef: erroneous non-option argument} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 put orange -format {default bogus} } -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "bogus": no options allowed} test imgListFormat-4.4 {StringReadDef: normal use case} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 } -body { set imgData [photo1 data] photo2 put $imgData string equal [photo1 data] [photo2 data] } -cleanup { imageCleanup unset imgData } -result 1 test imgListFormat-4.5 {StringReadDef: correct compositing rule} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 } -body { photo2 put #FF0000 -to 0 0 50 50 photo2 put [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}] -to 10 10 40 40 list [photo2 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo2 get 20 25 -withalpha] \ [photo2 get 49 49 -withalpha] |
︙ | ︙ | |||
237 238 239 240 241 242 243 | photo1 put blue -to 0 0 35 64 set imgData [photo1 data] list [llength [lindex $imgData 0]] [llength $imgData] } -cleanup { unset imgData imageCleanup } -result {35 64} | | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 | photo1 put blue -to 0 0 35 64 set imgData [photo1 data] list [llength [lindex $imgData 0]] [llength $imgData] } -cleanup { unset imgData imageCleanup } -result {35 64} test imgListFormat-5.6 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #1} -setup { set result {} image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { set imgData [photo1 data] # note: with [lindex], the coords are inverted (y x) lappend result [lindex $imgData 0 0] lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2] lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53] lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157] lappend result [lindex $imgData 255 255] set result } -cleanup { unset result unset imgData imageCleanup } -result {{#135cc0} #135cc0 #a06d52 #e1c8ba #135cc0} test imgListFormat-5.7 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #2} -setup { set result {} image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}] # note: with [lindex], the coords are inverted (y x) lappend result [lindex $imgData 0 0] lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2] lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53] lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157] lappend result [lindex $imgData 255 255] set result } -cleanup { unset result unset imgData imageCleanup } -result {{#135cc0ff} #135cc0ff #a06d52ff #e1c8baff #135cc0ff} test imgListFormat-5.8 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #3} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile } -body { set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgb}] set result {} lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2] lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53] lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157] set result } -cleanup { unset result unset imgData imageCleanup } -result {{#004eb9} #a14100 #ffca9f} test imgListFormat-5.9 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #4} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile } -body { set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}] set result [lindex $imgData 3 2] lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53] lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157] set result } -cleanup { unset result unset imgData imageCleanup } -result {{#004eb9e1} #a14100aa #ffca9faf} test imgListFormat-5.10 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #5} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile } -body { set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list}] set result {} lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2] lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53] lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157] |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/imgPPM.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
52 53 54 55 56 57 58 | } -returnCodes error -result {error reading PPM image file "test.ppm": not enough data} test imgPPM-1.8 {FileReadPPM procedure} -body { put test.ppm "P6\n5 4\n255\n01234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678" image create photo p1 -file test.ppm } -returnCodes error -result {error reading PPM image file "test.ppm": not enough data} test imgPPM-1.9 {FileReadPPM procedure} -body { put test.ppm "P6\n5 4\n150\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789" | | < | | 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 | } -returnCodes error -result {error reading PPM image file "test.ppm": not enough data} test imgPPM-1.8 {FileReadPPM procedure} -body { put test.ppm "P6\n5 4\n255\n01234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678" image create photo p1 -file test.ppm } -returnCodes error -result {error reading PPM image file "test.ppm": not enough data} test imgPPM-1.9 {FileReadPPM procedure} -body { put test.ppm "P6\n5 4\n150\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789" list [image create photo p1 -file test.ppm] [image width p1] [image height p1] } -returnCodes ok -result {p1 5 4} test imgPPM-2.1 {FileWritePPM procedure} -setup { catch {image delete p1} } -body { put test.ppm "P6\n5 4\n255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789" image create photo p1 -file test.ppm list [catch {p1 write not_a_dir/bar/baz/gorp} msg] [string tolower $msg] \ [string tolower $errorCode] } -cleanup { image delete p1 } -result {1 {couldn't open "not_a_dir/bar/baz/gorp": no such file or directory} {posix enoent {no such file or directory}}} test imgPPM-2.2 {FileWritePPM procedure} -setup { catch {image delete p1} catch {unset data} |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/imgPhoto.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
115 116 117 118 119 120 121 | } imageInit set README [makeFile { README -- Tk test suite design document. } README-imgPhoto] | < < < | | | | | 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 | } imageInit set README [makeFile { README -- Tk test suite design document. } README-imgPhoto] set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm] set transpTeapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapotTransparent.png] testConstraint needsTcl867 [package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.6.7-] test imgPhoto-1.1 {options for photo images} -body { image create photo photo1 -width 79 -height 83 list [photo1 cget -width] [photo1 cget -height] \ [image width photo1] [image height photo1] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {79 83 79 83} test imgPhoto-1.2 {options for photo images} -body { list [catch {image create photo photo1 -file no.such.file} err] \ [string tolower $err] } -result {1 {couldn't open "no.such.file": no such file or directory}} test imgPhoto-1.3 {options for photo images} -body { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile -format no.such.format } -returnCodes error -result {image file format "no.such.format" is not supported} test imgPhoto-1.4 {options for photo images} -body { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {256 256} test imgPhoto-1.5 {options for photo images} -body { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile \ -format ppm -width 79 -height 83 list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 cget -file] [photo1 cget -format] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result [list 79 83 $teapotPhotoFile ppm] test imgPhoto-1.6 {options for photo images} -body { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
215 216 217 218 219 220 221 | # image create photo photo1 # image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10 # catch {image create photo photo2 -file bogus.img} msg # photo1 copy photo2 # set msg # } {couldn't open "bogus.img": no such file or directory} | | < < | < < | < < | < < | | < < | 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 | # image create photo photo1 # image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10 # catch {image create photo photo2 -file bogus.img} msg # photo1 copy photo2 # set msg # } {couldn't open "bogus.img": no such file or directory} test imgPhoto-3.1 {ImgPhotoConfigureModel procedure} -body { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {} test imgPhoto-3.2 {ImgPhotoConfigureModel procedure} -body { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile list [catch {photo1 configure -file bogus} err] [string tolower $err] \ [image width photo1] [image height photo1] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory} 256 256} test imgPhoto-3.3 {ImgPhotoConfigureModel procedure} -setup { destroy .c pack [canvas .c] update } -body { image create photo photo1 .c create image 10 10 -image photo1 -tags photo1.1 -anchor nw .c create image 300 10 -image photo1 -tags photo1.2 -anchor nw update photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile update list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [.c bbox photo1.1] [.c bbox photo1.2] } -cleanup { destroy .c image delete photo1 } -result {256 256 {10 10 266 266} {300 10 556 266}} test imgPhoto-3.4 {ImgPhotoConfigureModel: -data <ppm>} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 } -body { photo2 configure -data [photo1 data -format ppm -from 100 100 120 120] list [image width photo2] [image height photo2] } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -result {20 20} # This testcase fails with Tcl < 8.6.7, due to [25842c] test imgPhoto-3.5 {ImgPhotoConfigureModel: -data <png>} -constraints { needsTcl867 } -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 } -body { photo2 configure -data [photo1 data -format png -from 120 120 140 140] list [image width photo2] [image height photo2] } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -result {20 20} test imgPhoto-3.6 {ImgPhotoConfigureModel: -data <default>} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 } -body { photo2 configure -data [photo1 data -from 80 90 100 110] list [image width photo2] [image height photo2] } -cleanup { imageCleanup |
︙ | ︙ | |||
350 351 352 353 354 355 356 | test imgPhoto-4.9 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: configure option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 configure -palette {} -gamma } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-gamma" missing} | | < < | 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 | test imgPhoto-4.9 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: configure option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 configure -palette {} -gamma } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-gamma" missing} test imgPhoto-4.10 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup { image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 -width 25 -height 30 } -body { image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile photo1 configure -width 0 -height 0 -palette {} -gamma 1 photo1 copy photo2 list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 100] |
︙ | ︙ | |||
393 394 395 396 397 398 399 | image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 } -body { photo1 copy photo2 -from -to } -returnCodes error -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {the "-from" option requires one to four integer values} | | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 | image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 } -body { photo1 copy photo2 -from -to } -returnCodes error -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {the "-from" option requires one to four integer values} test imgPhoto-4.15 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup { image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { photo1 copy photo2 photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 70 60 120 -shrink list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 20 10] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {60 50 {215 154 120}} test imgPhoto-4.16 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup { image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { photo1 copy photo2 -from 60 120 0 70 -to 20 50 list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 40 80] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {80 100 {19 92 192}} test imgPhoto-4.17 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup { image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 120 60 70 -to 0 0 100 100 list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 80 60] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {100 100 {215 154 120}} test imgPhoto-4.18 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup { image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { photo1 copy photo2 -from 60 70 0 120 -zoom 2 list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 50] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {120 100 {169 99 47}} test imgPhoto-4.19 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup { image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 70 60 120 -zoom 2 list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 50] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {120 100 {169 99 47}} test imgPhoto-4.20 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup { image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { photo1 copy photo2 -from 20 20 200 180 -subsample 2 -shrink list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 50 30] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {90 80 {207 146 112}} test imgPhoto-4.21 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -setup { image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { photo1 copy photo2 set result [list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]] photo1 conf -width 49 -height 51 lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1] |
︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 | photo1 conf -height 0 photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {256 256 49 51 49 51 49 51 10 51 10 10} # tests for <imageName> data: imgPhoto-4. | | < < | 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 | photo1 conf -height 0 photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 photo2 } -result {256 256 49 51 49 51 49 51 10 51 10 10} # tests for <imageName> data: imgPhoto-4. test imgPhoto-4.22 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 read $transpTeapotPhotoFile list [photo1 get 100 100 -withalpha] \ [photo1 get 150 100 -withalpha] \ [photo1 get 100 150] [photo1 get 150 150] } -cleanup { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
561 562 563 564 565 566 567 | test imgPhoto-4.30 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 read } -returnCodes error -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 read fileName ?-option value ...?"} | | < < | < < | < < | < < | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 | test imgPhoto-4.30 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 read } -returnCodes error -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 read fileName ?-option value ...?"} test imgPhoto-4.31 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -zoom 2 } -returnCodes error -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {unrecognized option "-zoom": must be -format, -from, -metadata, -shrink, or -to} test imgPhoto-4.32 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { list [catch {photo1 read bogus} err] [string tolower $err] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory}} test imgPhoto-4.33 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -format bogus } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is not supported} test imgPhoto-4.34 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 read $README } -returnCodes error -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result [subst {couldn't recognize data in image file "$README"}] test imgPhoto-4.35 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 120 120] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {256 256 {161 109 82}} test imgPhoto-4.36 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -from 0 70 60 120 -to 10 10 -shrink list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 29 19] } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -result {70 60 {244 180 144}} |
︙ | ︙ | |||
939 940 941 942 943 944 945 | test imgPhoto-4.74 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option error handling} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}} } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -returnCodes 1 -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"} | | < < | < < | 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 | test imgPhoto-4.74 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option error handling} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}} } -cleanup { image delete photo1 } -returnCodes 1 -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"} test imgPhoto-4.75 {<photo> read command: filename starting with '-'} -body { file copy -force $teapotPhotoFile -teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo1 photo1 read -teapotPhotoFile } -cleanup { image delete photo1 file delete ./-teapotPhotoFile } -result {} test imgPhoto-4.75.1 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy to same image} -setup { imageCleanup image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile } -body { # non-regression test for bug [5239fd749b] - shall just not crash photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 0 2000 1000 photo1 copy photo1 -subsample 2 2 -shrink } -cleanup { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
988 989 990 991 992 993 994 | } -body { photo1 put white -to 0 0 1 1 set result [photo1 transparency get 0 0] lappend result [photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha] } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -result {0 255} | | < < | < < | 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 | } -body { photo1 put white -to 0 0 1 1 set result [photo1 transparency get 0 0] lappend result [photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha] } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -result {0 255} test imgPhoto-4.79 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: no option} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile set result {} } -body { set pixelCoords {{156 239} {76 207} {153 213} {139 43} {75 112}} foreach coord $pixelCoords { lappend result [photo1 transparency get {*}$coord] } set result } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -result {0 1 0 0 0} # test imgPhoto-4.80: deleted (was transparency get: -boolean) test imgPhoto-4.81 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: -alpha} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile set result {} } -body { set pixelCoords {{156 239} {76 207} {153 213} {139 43} {75 112}} foreach coord $pixelCoords { lappend result [photo1 transparency get {*}$coord -alpha] } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 | {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -format, -metadata, or -to} test imgPhoto-4.92 {ImgPhotocmd put: missing data} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 put -to 0 0 } -returnCodes error -result \ {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"} | | < < | 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 | {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -format, -metadata, or -to} test imgPhoto-4.92 {ImgPhotocmd put: missing data} -setup { image create photo photo1 } -body { photo1 put -to 0 0 } -returnCodes error -result \ {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"} test imgPhoto-4.93 {ImgPhotoCmd put: data in ppm format} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 } -body { set imgdata [photo1 data -format ppm] photo2 put $imgdata -format ppm set result {} if {[image width photo1] != [image width photo2] \ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 | image create photo photo1 -data {{red#a green} {blue#c white#d}} } -body { photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list} } -result {{{255 0 0 170} {0 128 0 255}} {{0 0 255 204} {255 255 255 221}}} # This testcase fails with Tcl < 8.6.7, due to [25842c] test imgPhoto-4.118 {ImgPhotoCmd data: using data for new image results in same image as orignial } -constraints { | | | 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 | image create photo photo1 -data {{red#a green} {blue#c white#d}} } -body { photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list} } -result {{{255 0 0 170} {0 128 0 255}} {{0 0 255 204} {255 255 255 221}}} # This testcase fails with Tcl < 8.6.7, due to [25842c] test imgPhoto-4.118 {ImgPhotoCmd data: using data for new image results in same image as orignial } -constraints { needsTcl867 } -setup { image create photo teapot -file $teapotPhotoFile teapot copy teapot -from 50 60 70 80 -shrink image create photo teapotTransp -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile teapotTransp copy teapotTransp -from 100 110 120 130 -shrink image create photo photo1 } -body { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 | set result } -cleanup { unset imgData unset result imageCleanup } -result {} | | < < | 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 | set result } -cleanup { unset imgData unset result imageCleanup } -result {} test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -setup { destroy .c pack [canvas .c] imageCleanup } -body { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile .c create image 0 0 -image photo1 -tags photo1.1 .c create image 256 0 -image photo1 -tags photo1.2 |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 | .c create image 10 10 -image photo1 update } -cleanup { destroy .c image delete photo1 } -result {} | | < < | < < | 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 | .c create image 10 10 -image photo1 update } -cleanup { destroy .c image delete photo1 } -result {} test imgPhoto-7.1 {ImgPhotoFree procedure, resource freeing} -setup { destroy .c pack [canvas .c] imageCleanup } -body { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile .c create image 0 0 -image photo1 -anchor nw update .c delete all image delete photo1 } -cleanup { destroy .c } -result {} test imgPhoto-7.2 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, unlinking} -setup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -body { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile pack [canvas .c] .c create image 10 10 -image photo1 -anchor nw button .b1 -image photo1 |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 | destroy .b1 update .c delete all } -cleanup { destroy .c image delete photo1 } -result {} | | < < | | < < | < < | < < | < < | 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 | destroy .b1 update .c delete all } -cleanup { destroy .c image delete photo1 } -result {} test imgPhoto-7.3 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, multiple visuals} -setup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -body { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile button .b1 -image photo1 frame .f -visual best button .f.b2 -image photo1 pack .f.b2 pack .b1 .f update destroy .b1 update .f.b2 configure -image {} update destroy .f image delete photo1 } -result {} test imgPhoto-8.1 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -body { image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile image delete photo2 } -result {} test imgPhoto-8.2 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -setup { set x {} } -body { image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile rename photo2 newphoto2 lappend x [info command photo2] [info command new*] [newphoto2 cget -file] image delete photo2 lappend x [info command new*] } -result [list {} newphoto2 $teapotPhotoFile {}] test imgPhoto-8.3 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure, name cleanup} -body { image create photo photo1 image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10 image delete photo2 photo1 copy photo2 } -returnCodes error -cleanup { imageCleanup } -result {image "photo2" doesn't exist or is not a photo image} test imgPhoto-9.1 {ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc procedure} -body { image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile rename photo2 {} list [expr {"photo2" in [imageNames]}] [catch {photo2 foo} msg] $msg } -result {0 1 {invalid command name "photo2"}} test imgPhoto-10.1 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock procedure} -setup { imageCleanup } -body { image create photo photo1 photo1 put "{#ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000}" -to 0 0 photo1 put "{#00ff00 #00ff00}" -to 2 0 list [photo1 get 2 0] [photo1 get 3 0] [photo1 get 4 0] } -result {{0 255 0} {0 255 0} {255 0 0}} test imgPhoto-10.2 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock, same source and dest img} -setup { imageCleanup } -body { # Test for bug e4336bef5d image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile photo2 copy photo1 -to 1 2 photo1 copy photo1 -to 1 2 string equal [photo1 data] [photo2 data] } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -result 1 test imgPhoto-10.3 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock, same source and dest img} -setup { imageCleanup } -body { # Test for bug e4336bef5d image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile photo2 copy photo1 -from 2 1 -to 4 5 300 300 photo1 copy photo1 -from 2 1 -to 4 5 300 300 |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 | image create bitmap i1 image create photo photo1 photo1 copy i1 } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -returnCodes error -result {image "i1" doesn't exist or is not a photo image} | | | < < | 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 | image create bitmap i1 image create photo photo1 photo1 copy i1 } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -returnCodes error -result {image "i1" doesn't exist or is not a photo image} test imgPhoto-12.1 {Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock} -body { image create photo p3 -file $teapotPhotoFile set result [list [p3 get 50 50] [p3 get 100 100]] p3 copy p3 -zoom 2 lappend result [image width p3] [image height p3] [p3 get 100 100] } -cleanup { image delete p3 } -result {{19 92 192} {169 117 90} 512 512 {19 92 192}} test imgPhoto-12.2 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutZoomedBlock, same source and dest img} -setup { imageCleanup } -body { # Test for bug e4336bef5d image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile photo2 copy photo1 -to 0 1 200 200 -zoom 2 3 photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 1 200 200 -zoom 2 3 |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 | } -body { image create photo photo1 photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 5 10 20 list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -result {0 0} test imgPhoto-13.1 {check separation of images in different interpreters} -setup { imageCleanup set data { R0lGODlhQgBkAPUAANbWxs7Wxs7OxsbOxsbGxsbGvb3Gvca9vcDAwL21vbW1vbW1tbWtta2t ta2ltaWltaWlraWctaWcrZycrZyUrZSUrZSMrZSMpYyMrYyMpYyEpYSEpYR7pYR7nHp7pYRz pYRynHtzpXtznHtrnHNrnHNjnGtjnGtjlGtalGNalGNSlGNSjFpSlFpKlFpKjFJKjFJCjFI5 | > > > > > > > > > > > | 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 | } -body { image create photo photo1 photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 5 10 20 list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -result {0 0} test imgPhoto-12.5 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutZoomedBlock, copy from area outside the image, bug [a0241c0e25]} -setup { imageCleanup } -body { image create photo photo1 -width 20 -height 20 image create photo photo2 -width 9 -height 10 # next line used to loop for a very long time; if the bug is present # the CI runner will time out, leading to test suite failure photo2 copy photo1 -to 0 5 3 8 -from 21 0 } -cleanup { imageCleanup } -returnCodes error -result {coordinates for -from option extend outside source image} test imgPhoto-13.1 {check separation of images in different interpreters} -setup { imageCleanup set data { R0lGODlhQgBkAPUAANbWxs7Wxs7OxsbOxsbGxsbGvb3Gvca9vcDAwL21vbW1vbW1tbWtta2t ta2ltaWltaWlraWctaWcrZycrZyUrZSUrZSMrZSMpYyMrYyMpYyEpYSEpYR7pYR7nHp7pYRz pYRynHtzpXtznHtrnHNrnHNjnGtjnGtjlGtalGNalGNSlGNSjFpSlFpKlFpKjFJKjFJCjFI5 |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 | } -body { photo1 put $imgData -format ppm list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] } -cleanup { unset imgData imageCleanup } -result {1 2} | | < < | 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 | } -body { photo1 put $imgData -format ppm list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] } -cleanup { unset imgData imageCleanup } -result {1 2} test imgPhoto-19.4 {MatchStringFormat: ppm fmt, without opt} -setup { image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile image create photo photo2 } -body { set imgData [photo1 data -format ppm] photo2 put $imgData list [image width photo2] [image height photo2] } -cleanup { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 | test imgPhoto-20.6 {Reject truncated GIF (file)} -setup { set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptTruncated.gif] } -body { image create photo gif1 -file $fileName } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map} test imgPhoto-20.7 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (binary string)} -constraints { nonPortable } -setup { # About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5] # If there is insufficient memory, the error message # {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned. # Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter. | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 | test imgPhoto-20.6 {Reject truncated GIF (file)} -setup { set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptTruncated.gif] } -body { image create photo gif1 -file $fileName } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map} test imgPhoto-20.6.1 {Reject truncated GIF in Colormap - ticket 865af0148c - file} -setup { set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptTruncatedColormap.gif] } -body { image create photo gif1 -file $fileName } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -returnCodes error -result {GIF file truncated} test imgPhoto-20.6.2 {Reject truncated GIF in Colormap - ticket 865af0148c - data} -setup { set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptTruncatedColormap.gif] set h [open $fileName rb] set d [read $h] close $h } -body { image create photo gif1 -data $d } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -returnCodes error -result {GIF file truncated} test imgPhoto-20.7 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (binary string)} -constraints { nonPortable } -setup { # About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5] # If there is insufficient memory, the error message # {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned. # Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter. |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 | gif1 cget -metadata } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -result {{update region} {0 0 16 16} {delay time} 4096 {disposal method} {do not dispose} {user interaction} 1} unset -nocomplain gifstart gifdata gifend catch {rename foreachPixel {}} catch {rename checkImgTrans {}} catch {rename checkImgTransLoop {}} imageFinish # cleanup | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 | gif1 cget -metadata } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -result {{update region} {0 0 16 16} {delay time} 4096 {disposal method} {do not dispose} {user interaction} 1} unset -nocomplain gifstart gifdata gifend set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif] test imgPhoto-24.1 {Read GIF file with -from option - Bug [1576528]} -body { set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif] image create photo gif1 gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -from 152 62 185 97 list [lindex [lindex [gif1 data] 0] 0] [image width gif1] [image height gif1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -result {{#d8c8b8} 33 35} test imgPhoto-24.2 {Read GIF file, copy with -from option} -body { set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif] image create photo gif1 -file $earthPhotoFile image create photo gif2 gif2 copy gif1 -from 152 62 185 97 list [lindex [lindex [gif2 data] 0] 0] [image width gif2] [image height gif2] } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1 ; image delete gif2} } -result {{#d8c8b8} 33 35} test imgPhoto-24.3 {Read GIF file with -to option} -body { image create photo gif1 gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -to 100 200 list [lindex [lindex [gif1 data] 262] 252] [image width gif1] [image height gif1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -result {{#d8c8b8} 420 400} test imgPhoto-24.4 {Read GIF file with -from and -to options} -body { set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif] image create photo gif1 gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -from 152 62 185 97 -to 100 200 list [lindex [lindex [gif1 data] 200] 100] [image width gif1] [image height gif1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -result {{#d8c8b8} 133 235} test imgPhoto-24.5 {Read GIF file with -from, -to and -shrink options} -body { set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif] image create photo gif1 -file $teapotPhotoFile gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -from 152 62 185 97 -to 80 120 -shrink list [lindex [lindex [gif1 data] 120] 80] [image width gif1] [image height gif1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -result {{#d8c8b8} 113 155} test imgPhoto-24.6 {Read GIF file with -from option, read large region from small file} -body { set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif] image create photo gif1 catch {gif1 read $earthPhotoFile -from 152 62 2000 1000} msg list $msg [image width gif1] [image height gif1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete gif1} } -result {{coordinates for -from option extend outside source image} 0 0} unset earthPhotoFile set ousterPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] ouster.png] test imgPhoto-25.1 {Read PNG file with -from option - Bug [1576528]} -body { image create photo png1 png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -from 102 62 135 97 list [lindex [lindex [png1 data] 0] 0] [image width png1] [image height png1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete png1} } -result {{#c97962} 33 35} test imgPhoto-25.2 {Read PNG file, copy with -from option} -body { image create photo png1 -file $ousterPhotoFile image create photo png2 png2 copy png1 -from 102 62 135 97 list [lindex [lindex [png2 data] 0] 0] [image width png2] [image height png2] } -cleanup { catch {image delete png1 ; image delete png2} } -result {{#c97962} 33 35} test imgPhoto-25.3 {Read PNG file with -to option} -body { image create photo png1 png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -to 100 200 list [lindex [lindex [png1 data] 262] 202] [image width png1] [image height png1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete png1} } -result {{#c97962} 242 381} test imgPhoto-25.4 {Read PNG file with -from and -to options} -body { image create photo png1 png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -from 102 62 135 97 -to 100 200 list [lindex [lindex [png1 data] 200] 100] [image width png1] [image height png1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete png1} } -result {{#c97962} 133 235} test imgPhoto-25.5 {Read PNG file with -from, -to and -shrink options} -body { image create photo png1 -file $teapotPhotoFile png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -from 102 62 135 97 -to 80 120 -shrink list [lindex [lindex [png1 data] 120] 80] [image width png1] [image height png1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete png1} } -result {{#c97962} 113 155} test imgPhoto-25.6 {Read PNG file with -from option, read large region from small file} -body { image create photo png1 catch {png1 read $ousterPhotoFile -from 102 62 2000 1000} msg list $msg [image width png1] [image height png1] } -cleanup { catch {image delete png1} } -result {{coordinates for -from option extend outside source image} 0 0} unset ousterPhotoFile catch {rename foreachPixel {}} catch {rename checkImgTrans {}} catch {rename checkImgTransLoop {}} imageFinish # cleanup |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/menu.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright © 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright © 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import ::tcltest::* eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands imageInit testConstraint pressbutton [llength [info commands pressbutton]] testConstraint movemouse [llength [info commands movemouse]] test menu-1.1 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -body { menu } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "menu pathName ?-option value ...?"} test menu-1.2 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -body { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
294 295 296 297 298 299 300 | menu .m2 -tearoff 1 .m2 add command -label "test" .m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2 .m1 add separator .m1 add checkbutton -label "checkbutton" -variable check -onvalue on -offvalue off .m1 add radiobutton -label "radiobutton" -variable radio | | | < | 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 | menu .m2 -tearoff 1 .m2 add command -label "test" .m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2 .m1 add separator .m1 add checkbutton -label "checkbutton" -variable check -onvalue on -offvalue off .m1 add radiobutton -label "radiobutton" -variable radio set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif] image create photo image1 -file $earthPhotoFile test menu-2.31 {entry configuration options 0 -activebackground #012345 tearoff} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 0 -activebackground #012345 } -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-activebackground"} test menu-2.32 {entry configuration options 1 -activebackground #012345 command} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 1 -activebackground #012345 |
︙ | ︙ | |||
696 697 698 699 700 701 702 | .m1 entryconfigure 4 -foreground non-existent } -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"} test menu-2.120 {entry configuration options 5 -foreground non-existent radiobutton} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -foreground non-existent } -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"} | | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 | .m1 entryconfigure 4 -foreground non-existent } -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"} test menu-2.120 {entry configuration options 5 -foreground non-existent radiobutton} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -foreground non-existent } -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"} test menu-2.121 {entry configuration options 0 -image image1 tearoff} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 0 -image image1 } -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"} test menu-2.122 {entry configuration options 1 -image image1 command} -setup { .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image {} } -body { .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image1 lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image] 4 } -cleanup { .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image {} } -result {image1} test menu-2.123 {entry configuration options 2 -image image1 cascade} -setup { .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image {} } -body { .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image image1 lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 2 -image] 4 } -cleanup { .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image {} } -result {image1} test menu-2.124 {entry configuration options 3 -image image1 separator} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 3 -image image1 } -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"} test menu-2.125 {entry configuration options 4 -image image1 checkbutton} -setup { .m1 entryconfigure 4 -image {} } -body { .m1 entryconfigure 4 -image image1 lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -image] 4 } -cleanup { .m1 entryconfigure 4 -image {} } -result {image1} test menu-2.126 {entry configuration options 5 -image image1 radiobutton} -setup { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image {} } -body { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image image1 lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -image] 4 } -cleanup { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image {} } -result {image1} |
︙ | ︙ | |||
987 988 989 990 991 992 993 | .m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectcolor non-existent } -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"} test menu-2.180 {entry configuration options 5 -selectcolor non-existent radiobutton} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectcolor non-existent } -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"} | | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 | .m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectcolor non-existent } -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"} test menu-2.180 {entry configuration options 5 -selectcolor non-existent radiobutton} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectcolor non-existent } -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"} test menu-2.181 {entry configuration options 0 -selectimage image1 tearoff} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 0 -selectimage image1 } -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"} test menu-2.182 {entry configuration options 1 -selectimage image1 command} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage image1 } -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"} test menu-2.183 {entry configuration options 2 -selectimage image1 cascade} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 2 -selectimage image1 } -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"} test menu-2.184 {entry configuration options 3 -selectimage image1 separator} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 3 -selectimage image1 } -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"} test menu-2.185 {entry configuration options 4 -selectimage image1 checkbutton} -setup { .m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage {} } -body { .m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage image1 lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage] 4 } -cleanup { .m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage {} } -result {image1} test menu-2.186 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage image1 radiobutton} -setup { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage {} } -body { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage image1 lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage] 4 } -cleanup { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage {} } -result {image1} |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad index "3p": must be integer?[+-]integer?, end?[+-]integer?, or ""} test menu-2.228 {entry configuration options 5 -underline 3p radiobutton} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -underline 3p } -returnCodes error -result {bad index "3p": must be integer?[+-]integer?, end?[+-]integer?, or ""} deleteWindows | < | < < | 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad index "3p": must be integer?[+-]integer?, end?[+-]integer?, or ""} test menu-2.228 {entry configuration options 5 -underline 3p radiobutton} -body { .m1 entryconfigure 5 -underline 3p } -returnCodes error -result {bad index "3p": must be integer?[+-]integer?, end?[+-]integer?, or ""} deleteWindows image delete image1 test menu-3.1 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure} -setup { destroy .m1 } -body { menu .m1 .m1 |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 | deleteWindows } -body { menu .m1 menu .m2 .m1 add cascade -menu .m2 list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1 .m2] } -result {{} {}} | | | 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 | deleteWindows } -body { menu .m1 menu .m2 .m1 add cascade -menu .m2 list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1 .m2] } -result {{} {}} test menu-8.2 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup { deleteWindows catch {image delete image1a} } -body { image create photo image1a -file $earthPhotoFile menu .m1 .m1 add command -image image1a list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1a] |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 | image create test image1 .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image1 } -cleanup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -result {} test menu-11.19 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -constraints { | | | | > > | 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 | image create test image1 .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image1 } -cleanup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -result {} test menu-11.19 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -constraints { testImageType } -setup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -body { image create test image1 image create photo image2 -file $earthPhotoFile menu .m1 .m1 add command -image image1 .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image2 } -cleanup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -result {} test menu-11.20 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -constraints { testImageType } -setup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -body { image create photo image1 -file $earthPhotoFile image create test image2 menu .m1 .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 .m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage image2 } -cleanup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -result {} test menu-11.21 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -constraints { testImageType } -setup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -body { image create photo image1 -file $earthPhotoFile image create test image2 image create test image3 menu .m1 .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2 .m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage image3 } -cleanup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -result {} unset earthPhotoFile test menu-12.1 {ConfigureMenuCloneEntries} -setup { deleteWindows } -body { menu .m1 .m1 clone .m2 |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/menubut.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
400 401 402 403 404 405 406 | } -body { button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1" catch {.mb1 configure -width 1i} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { deleteWindows } -result {expected integer but got "1i" | | | | | 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 | } -body { button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1" catch {.mb1 configure -width 1i} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { deleteWindows } -result {expected integer but got "1i" (processing "-width" option) invoked from within ".mb1 configure -width 1i"} test menubutton-4.3 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup { deleteWindows } -body { button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1" .mb1 configure -height 0.5c } -cleanup { deleteWindows } -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"} test menubutton-4.4 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup { deleteWindows } -body { button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1" catch {.mb1 configure -height 0.5c} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { deleteWindows } -result {expected integer but got "0.5c" (processing "-height" option) invoked from within ".mb1 configure -height 0.5c"} test menubutton-4.5 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup { deleteWindows } -body { button .mb1 -bitmap questhead .mb1 configure -width abc } -cleanup { deleteWindows } -returnCodes error -result {expected screen distance but got "abc"} test menubutton-4.6 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup { deleteWindows } -body { button .mb1 -bitmap questhead catch {.mb1 configure -width abc} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { deleteWindows } -result {expected screen distance but got "abc" (processing "-width" option) invoked from within ".mb1 configure -width abc"} test menubutton-4.7 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints { testImageType } -setup { deleteWindows |
︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 | button .mb1 -image image1 catch {.mb1 configure -height 0.5x} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -result {expected screen distance but got "0.5x" | | | 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 | button .mb1 -image image1 catch {.mb1 configure -height 0.5x} return $errorInfo } -cleanup { deleteWindows imageCleanup } -result {expected screen distance but got "0.5x" (processing "-height" option) invoked from within ".mb1 configure -height 0.5x"} test menubutton-4.9 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints { nonPortable fonts } -setup { deleteWindows |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/message.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 | pack .m update } -body { .m configure -width badValue } -cleanup { destroy .m } -returnCodes {error} -result {expected screen distance but got "badValue"} test message-2.1 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body { message } -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "message pathName ?-option value ...?"} test message-2.2 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body { | > > > > > > > > > > | 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 | pack .m update } -body { .m configure -width badValue } -cleanup { destroy .m } -returnCodes {error} -result {expected screen distance but got "badValue"} test message-1.39 {configuration options, fallback to default} -setup { message .m -borderwidth -2 -highlightthickness -2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold} pack .m update } -body { .m configure -padx -2 -pady -2 -width -2 list [.m cget -padx] [.m cget -pady] [.m cget -borderwidth] [.m cget -highlightthickness] [.m cget -width] } -cleanup { destroy .m } -result {{} {} 0 0 0} test message-2.1 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body { message } -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "message pathName ?-option value ...?"} test message-2.2 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body { |
︙ | ︙ |
Added tests/ouster.png.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to tests/safe.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 | set hidden_cmds [list bell cd clipboard encoding exec exit \ fconfigure glob grab load menu open pwd selection \ socket source toplevel unload wm] if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.6.7-]} { lappend hidden_cmds tcl:encoding:dirs } if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.7-]} { | | | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | set hidden_cmds [list bell cd clipboard encoding exec exit \ fconfigure glob grab load menu open pwd selection \ socket source toplevel unload wm] if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.6.7-]} { lappend hidden_cmds tcl:encoding:dirs } if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.7-]} { lappend hidden_cmds file tcl:encoding:system tcl:file:tempdir tcl:file:home tcl:file:tildeexpand foreach cmd { cmdtype nameofexecutable } {lappend hidden_cmds tcl:info:$cmd} foreach cmd { autopurge list purge status } {lappend hidden_cmds tcl:process:$cmd} foreach cmd { |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/checkbutton.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | .cb invoke lappend result [info exists .cb] [set .cb] [.cb state] } -result [list .cb 0 alternate 1 on selected 1 off {}] # Bug [109865fa01] test checkbutton-1.7 "Button destroyed by click" -body { proc destroy_button {} { | | | 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | .cb invoke lappend result [info exists .cb] [set .cb] [.cb state] } -result [list .cb 0 alternate 1 on selected 1 off {}] # Bug [109865fa01] test checkbutton-1.7 "Button destroyed by click" -body { proc destroy_button {} { destroy .top } toplevel .top ttk::menubutton .top.mb -text Button -style TLabel bind .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1> destroy_button pack .top.mb focus -force .top.mb update |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/entry.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | } -cleanup {destroy .te .tsb} test entry-2.1.1 "Create entry before scrollbar - scrollbar catches up" -body { pack [ttk::entry .te -xscrollcommand [list .tsb set]] \ -expand true -fill both .te insert end [string repeat "abc" 50] catch {update} ; # error triggers because the -xscrollcommand callback | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | } -cleanup {destroy .te .tsb} test entry-2.1.1 "Create entry before scrollbar - scrollbar catches up" -body { pack [ttk::entry .te -xscrollcommand [list .tsb set]] \ -expand true -fill both .te insert end [string repeat "abc" 50] catch {update} ; # error triggers because the -xscrollcommand callback # errors out: invalid command name ".tsb" focus -force .te ; # needed on some systems such as Ubuntu (see ticket [3c2a3a988f]) pack [ttk::scrollbar .tsb -orient horizontal -command [list .te xview]] \ -expand false -fill x update ; # no error set res [expr [lindex [.tsb get] 1] < 1] ; # scrollbar did update } -result 1 -cleanup {destroy .te .tsb} |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/notebook.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 | ttk::style configure customStyle.TNotebook ttk::notebook .w -style customStyle.TNotebook list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w] } -cleanup { destroy .w } -result {customStyle.TNotebook customStyle.TNotebook TNotebook} tcltest::cleanupTests | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 | ttk::style configure customStyle.TNotebook ttk::notebook .w -style customStyle.TNotebook list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w] } -cleanup { destroy .w } -result {customStyle.TNotebook customStyle.TNotebook TNotebook} test notebook-9.1 "move last tab by numerical index" -body { ::ttk::notebook .n foreach tabs {TabA TabB TabC} { ::ttk::entry .n.[string tolower $tabs] .n add .n.[string tolower $tabs] -text $tabs } .n insert 0 2 ; # allowed: TabC moves to first tab position .n insert 0 3 ; # not allowed: position 3 is after last tab } -cleanup { destroy .n } -result {Managed window index "3" out of bounds} -returnCodes error test notebook-9.2 "move first tab to last position by numerical index" -body { ::ttk::notebook .n foreach tabs {TabA TabB TabC} { ::ttk::entry .n.[string tolower $tabs] .n add .n.[string tolower $tabs] -text $tabs } .n insert 2 0 ; # allowed: TabA moves to last tab position .n insert 3 0 ; # not allowed: position 3 is after last tab } -cleanup { destroy .n } -result {Managed window index "3" out of bounds} -returnCodes error tcltest::cleanupTests |
Changes to tests/ttk/panedwindow.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | package require tk package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import -force tcltest::* loadTestedCommands proc propagate-geometry {} { update idletasks } # Basic sanity checks: # test panedwindow-1.0 "Setup" -body { ttk::panedwindow .pw } -result .pw test panedwindow-1.1 "Make sure empty panedwindow doesn't crash" -body { pack .pw -expand true -fill both update } test panedwindow-1.2 "Add a pane" -body { | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 | package require tk package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import -force tcltest::* loadTestedCommands proc propagate-geometry {} { update idletasks } # Basic sanity checks: # test panedwindow-1.0 "Setup" -body { ttk::panedwindow .pw } -result .pw test panedwindow-1.0.1 "Make sure pane 0 command doesn't crash on empty pane - bug e6140f3404" -body { .pw pane 0 } -result {Managed window index "0" out of bounds} -returnCodes error test panedwindow-1.0.2 "Make sure pane end command doesn't crash on empty pane - bug e6140f3404" -body { .pw pane end } -result {Managed window index "end" out of bounds} -returnCodes error test panedwindow-1.0.3 "Make sure forget 0 command doesn't crash on empty pane - bug e6140f3404" -body { .pw forget 0 } -result {Managed window index "0" out of bounds} -returnCodes error test panedwindow-1.0.4 "Make sure forget end command doesn't crash on empty pane - bug e6140f3404" -body { .pw forget end } -result {Managed window index "end" out of bounds} -returnCodes error test panedwindow-1.1 "Make sure empty panedwindow doesn't crash" -body { pack .pw -expand true -fill both update } test panedwindow-1.2 "Add a pane" -body { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
291 292 293 294 295 296 297 | test panedwindow-6.1 "style command" -body { # Contrary to ttk::scrollbar, ttk::progressbar and ttk::scale, # ttk::panedwindow has same style TPanedwindow whatever -orient is ttk::panedwindow .wv ; # default is -orient vertical ttk::panedwindow .wh -orient horizontal list [.wv cget -style] [.wv style] [winfo class .wv]\ | | | 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 | test panedwindow-6.1 "style command" -body { # Contrary to ttk::scrollbar, ttk::progressbar and ttk::scale, # ttk::panedwindow has same style TPanedwindow whatever -orient is ttk::panedwindow .wv ; # default is -orient vertical ttk::panedwindow .wh -orient horizontal list [.wv cget -style] [.wv style] [winfo class .wv]\ [.wh cget -style] [.wh style] [winfo class .wh] } -cleanup { destroy .wv .wh } -result {{} TPanedwindow TPanedwindow {} TPanedwindow TPanedwindow} test panedwindow-6.2 "style command" -body { ttk::style configure customStyle.TPanedwindow ttk::panedwindow .w -style customStyle.TPanedwindow list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w] } -cleanup { destroy .w } -result {customStyle.TPanedwindow customStyle.TPanedwindow TPanedwindow} tcltest::cleanupTests |
Changes to tests/ttk/scale.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | unset -nocomplain res } -result {0 normal 1 disabled 0 normal 1 normal {disabled readonly} normal} test scale-3.1 "style command" -body { ttk::scale .wh ; # default is -orient horizontal ttk::scale .wv -orient vertical list [.wh cget -style] [.wh style] [winfo class .wh] \ | | | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | unset -nocomplain res } -result {0 normal 1 disabled 0 normal 1 normal {disabled readonly} normal} test scale-3.1 "style command" -body { ttk::scale .wh ; # default is -orient horizontal ttk::scale .wv -orient vertical list [.wh cget -style] [.wh style] [winfo class .wh] \ [.wv cget -style] [.wv style] [winfo class .wv] } -cleanup { destroy .wh .wv } -result {{} Horizontal.TScale TScale {} Vertical.TScale TScale} test scale-3.2 "style command" -body { ttk::style configure customStyle.Vertical.TScale ttk::scale .w -orient vertical -style customStyle.Vertical.TScale list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w] |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/scrollbar.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
118 119 120 121 122 123 124 | destroy .t .s } -result {1.3} test scrollbar-11.1 "style command" -body { ttk::scrollbar .wv ; # default is -orient vertical ttk::scrollbar .wh -orient horizontal list [.wv cget -style] [.wv style] [winfo class .wv] \ | | | 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 | destroy .t .s } -result {1.3} test scrollbar-11.1 "style command" -body { ttk::scrollbar .wv ; # default is -orient vertical ttk::scrollbar .wh -orient horizontal list [.wv cget -style] [.wv style] [winfo class .wv] \ [.wh cget -style] [.wh style] [winfo class .wh] } -cleanup { destroy .wv .wh } -result {{} Vertical.TScrollbar TScrollbar {} Horizontal.TScrollbar TScrollbar} test scrollbar-11.2 "style command" -body { ttk::style configure customStyle.Horizontal.TScrollbar ttk::scrollbar .w -orient horizontal -style customStyle.Horizontal.TScrollbar list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w] |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/treetags.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | package require tk package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import -force tcltest::* loadTestedCommands ### treeview tag invariants: # proc assert {expr {message ""}} { if {![uplevel 1 [list expr $expr]]} { | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | package require tk package require tcltest 2.2 namespace import -force tcltest::* loadTestedCommands ### treeview tag invariants: # proc assert {expr {message ""}} { if {![uplevel 1 [list expr $expr]]} { error "PANIC: $message ($expr failed)" } } proc itemConstraints {tv item} { # $tag in [$tv item $item -tags] <==> [$tv tag has $tag $item] foreach tag [$tv item $item -tags] { assert {$item in [$tv tag has $tag]} |
︙ | ︙ | |||
187 188 189 190 191 192 193 | # @@@ fragile test test treetags-3.2 "tag configure - enumerate" -body { $tv tag configure tag1 } -cleanup { treeConstraints $tv } -result [list \ | | < > | 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 | # @@@ fragile test test treetags-3.2 "tag configure - enumerate" -body { $tv tag configure tag1 } -cleanup { treeConstraints $tv } -result [list \ -image {} -imageanchor {} -background red -stripedbackground {} -foreground blue \ -font {} -padding {} ] test treetags-4.1 "tag cell add" -body { $tv tag cell add _thetag } -returnCodes 1 -result {wrong # args: should be ".tv tag cell add tagName cells"} test treetags-4.2 "tag cell remove" -body { $tv tag cell remove _thetag $tv tag cell remove |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/treeview.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | test treeview-1.2 "Bad columns" -body { #.tv configure -columns {illegal "list"value} ttk::treeview .badtv -columns {illegal "list"value} } -returnCodes error -result "list element in quotes followed by*" -match glob test treeview-1.3 "bad displaycolumns" -body { .tv configure -displaycolumns {a b d} | | | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 | test treeview-1.2 "Bad columns" -body { #.tv configure -columns {illegal "list"value} ttk::treeview .badtv -columns {illegal "list"value} } -returnCodes error -result "list element in quotes followed by*" -match glob test treeview-1.3 "bad displaycolumns" -body { .tv configure -displaycolumns {a b d} } -returnCodes error -result {Invalid column index "d"} test treeview-1.4 "more bad displaycolumns" -body { .tv configure -displaycolumns {1 2 3} } -returnCodes error -result {Column index "3" out of bounds} test treeview-1.5 "Don't forget to check negative numbers" -body { .tv configure -displaycolumns {1 {} 3} |
︙ | ︙ | |||
856 857 858 859 860 861 862 | test treeview-11.13 "Cellselection - error" -body { .tv cellselection set [list "apa a"] } -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {Item apa not found} test treeview-11.14 "Cellselection - error" -body { .tv cellselection set [list "nn xx "] | | | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 | test treeview-11.13 "Cellselection - error" -body { .tv cellselection set [list "apa a"] } -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {Item apa not found} test treeview-11.14 "Cellselection - error" -body { .tv cellselection set [list "nn xx "] } -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {Invalid column index "xx"} test treeview-11.15 "Cellselection - error" -body { .tv cellselection set "nn c" "nn d" } -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {Cell id must be in a visible column} test treeview-11.16 "Cellselection - non visible" -body { .tv cellselection set [list "nn d"] |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/ttk.test.
︙ | ︙ | |||
338 339 340 341 342 343 344 | tock now test ttk-8.1 "Test -compound options" -body { # Exhaustively test each combination. # Main goal is to make sure no code paths crash. foreach image {icon ""} { | | | | | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 | tock now test ttk-8.1 "Test -compound options" -body { # Exhaustively test each combination. # Main goal is to make sure no code paths crash. foreach image {icon ""} { foreach text {"Hi!" ""} { foreach compound $::compoundStrings { .ctb configure -image $image -text $text -compound $compound update; tick } } } } tock test ttk-8.2 "Test -compound options with regular button" -body { button .rtb pack .rtb foreach image {"" icon} { foreach text {"Hi!" ""} { foreach compound [lrange $::compoundStrings 2 end] { .rtb configure -image $image -text $text -compound $compound update; tick } } } } tock test ttk-8.3 "Rerun test 8.1" -body { foreach image {icon ""} { foreach text {"Hi!" ""} { foreach compound $::compoundStrings { .ctb configure -image $image -text $text -compound $compound update; tick } } } } |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnix.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | * None. * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpCopyRegion( TkRegion dst, TkRegion src) { /* XUnionRegion() in Xlib is optimized to detect copying */ | > > | 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 | * None. * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ extern int XUnionRegion(Region srca, Region srcb, Region dr_return); void TkpCopyRegion( TkRegion dst, TkRegion src) { /* XUnionRegion() in Xlib is optimized to detect copying */ |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixButton.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 | } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) { Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); haveImage = 1; } imageWidth = width; imageHeight = height; haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0); if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { textXOffset = 0; textYOffset = 0; fullWidth = 0; fullHeight = 0; | > > > > > | 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 | } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) { Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); haveImage = 1; } imageWidth = width; imageHeight = height; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->padXPtr, &butPtr->padX); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->padYPtr, &butPtr->padY); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->borderWidthPtr, &butPtr->borderWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0); if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { textXOffset = 0; textYOffset = 0; fullWidth = 0; fullHeight = 0; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
721 722 723 724 725 726 727 | /* * Draw the indicator for check buttons and radio buttons. At this point, * x and y refer to the top-left corner of the text or image or bitmap. */ if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON || butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn | | | 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 | /* * Draw the indicator for check buttons and radio buttons. At this point, * x and y refer to the top-left corner of the text or image or bitmap. */ if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON || butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn && butPtr->indicatorDiameter > 2 * butPtr->borderWidth) { TkBorder *selBorder = (TkBorder *) butPtr->selectBorder; XColor *selColor = NULL; int btype = (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON ? CHECK_BUTTON : RADIO_BUTTON); if (selBorder != NULL) { selColor = selBorder->bgColorPtr; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
795 796 797 798 799 800 801 | * default ring and the button and the default ring and the focus * ring. Note that we need to explicitly draw the space in the * highlightBorder color to ensure that we overwrite any overflow * text and/or a different button background color. */ Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset, | | | | | | | | | 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 | * default ring and the button and the default ring and the focus * ring. Note that we need to explicitly draw the space in the * highlightBorder color to ensure that we overwrite any overflow * text and/or a different button background color. */ Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset, inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * inset, 2, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); inset += 2; Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset, inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * inset, 1, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN); inset++; Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset, inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * inset, 2, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); inset += 2; } else if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_NORMAL) { /* * Leave room for the default ring and write over any text or * background color. */ Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 5, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); inset += 5; } /* * Draw the button border. */ Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, inset, inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * inset, butPtr->borderWidth, relief); } if (butPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); } else { gc = Tk_GCForColor(Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder), |
︙ | ︙ | |||
883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 | void TkpComputeButtonGeometry( TkButton *butPtr) /* Button whose geometry may have changed. */ { int width, height, avgWidth, txtWidth, txtHeight; int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; Tk_FontMetrics fm; butPtr->inset = butPtr->highlightWidth + butPtr->borderWidth; /* * Leave room for the default ring if needed. */ | > > > > > | 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 | void TkpComputeButtonGeometry( TkButton *butPtr) /* Button whose geometry may have changed. */ { int width, height, avgWidth, txtWidth, txtHeight; int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; Tk_FontMetrics fm; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->borderWidthPtr, &butPtr->borderWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->padXPtr, &butPtr->padX); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->padYPtr, &butPtr->padY); butPtr->inset = butPtr->highlightWidth + butPtr->borderWidth; /* * Leave room for the default ring if needed. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
977 978 979 980 981 982 983 | if (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (65*height)/100; } else { butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (75*height)/100; } } | | | | 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 | if (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (65*height)/100; } else { butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (75*height)/100; } } width += 2 * butPtr->padX; height += 2 * butPtr->padY; } else { if (haveImage) { if (butPtr->width > 0) { width = butPtr->width; } if (butPtr->height > 0) { height = butPtr->height; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 | * When issuing the geometry request, add extra space for the indicator, * if any, and for the border and padding, plus two extra pixels so the * display can be offset by 1 pixel in either direction for the raised or * lowered effect. */ if ((butPtr->image == NULL) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) { | | | | | 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 | * When issuing the geometry request, add extra space for the indicator, * if any, and for the border and padding, plus two extra pixels so the * display can be offset by 1 pixel in either direction for the raised or * lowered effect. */ if ((butPtr->image == NULL) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) { width += 2 * butPtr->padX; height += 2 * butPtr->padY; } if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) { width += 2; height += 2; } Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, (int) (width + butPtr->indicatorSpace + 2 * butPtr->inset), (int) (height + 2 * butPtr->inset)); Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset); } /* * Local Variables: * mode: c * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 78 * End: */ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixDefault.h.
︙ | ︙ | |||
444 445 446 447 448 449 450 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR "" | | | 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH NULL #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixMenubu.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
275 276 277 278 279 280 281 | if (mbPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, mbPtr->highlightWidth, mbPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth, mbPtr->borderWidth, mbPtr->relief); } | | | 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 | if (mbPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, mbPtr->highlightWidth, mbPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth, mbPtr->borderWidth, mbPtr->relief); } if (mbPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { if (mbPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); } else { gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap); } Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, mbPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); } |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixRFont.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" #include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> #define MAX_CACHED_COLORS 16 typedef struct { XftFont *ftFont; XftFont *ft0Font; FcPattern *source; FcCharSet *charset; double angle; } UnixFtFace; | > > > > > > > > > > | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" #include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> #define MAX_CACHED_COLORS 16 /* * Debugging support... */ #define DEBUG_FONTSEL 0 #define DEBUG(arguments) \ if (DEBUG_FONTSEL) { \ printf arguments; fflush(stdout); \ } typedef struct { XftFont *ftFont; XftFont *ft0Font; FcPattern *source; FcCharSet *charset; double angle; } UnixFtFace; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
187 188 189 190 191 192 193 | GetTkFontAttributes( Tk_Window tkwin, XftFont *ftFont, TkFontAttributes *faPtr) { const char *family = "Unknown"; const char *const *familyPtr = &family; | > | < | | | | | | | | < | | < > > > > | 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 | GetTkFontAttributes( Tk_Window tkwin, XftFont *ftFont, TkFontAttributes *faPtr) { const char *family = "Unknown"; const char *const *familyPtr = &family; double ptSize, dblPxSize, size; int intPxSize, weight, slant; (void) XftPatternGetString(ftFont->pattern, XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr); if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SIZE, 0, &ptSize) == XftResultMatch) { size = ptSize; } else if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0, &dblPxSize) == XftResultMatch) { size = -dblPxSize; } else if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0, &intPxSize) == XftResultMatch) { size = (double)-intPxSize; } else { size = 12.0; } if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, 0, &weight) != XftResultMatch) { weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM; } if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SLANT, 0, &slant) != XftResultMatch) { slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN; } DEBUG(("GetTkFontAttributes: family %s size %ld weight %d slant %d\n", family, lround(size), weight, slant)); faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(family); /* * Make sure that faPtr->size will be > 0 even * in the very unprobable case that size < 0 */ faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, size); faPtr->weight = (weight > XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL; faPtr->slant = (slant > XFT_SLANT_ROMAN) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN; faPtr->underline = 0; faPtr->overstrike = 0; } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
461 462 463 464 465 466 467 | TkFont * TkpGetNativeFont( Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ { UnixFtFont *fontPtr; FcPattern *pattern; | | | < | 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 | TkFont * TkpGetNativeFont( Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ { UnixFtFont *fontPtr; FcPattern *pattern; DEBUG(("TkpGetNativeFont: %s\n", name)); pattern = XftXlfdParse(name, FcFalse, FcFalse); if (!pattern) { return NULL; } /* |
︙ | ︙ | |||
499 500 501 502 503 504 505 | const TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Set of attributes to match. */ { XftPattern *pattern; int weight, slant; UnixFtFont *fontPtr; | < | | | | | 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 | const TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Set of attributes to match. */ { XftPattern *pattern; int weight, slant; UnixFtFont *fontPtr; DEBUG(("TkpGetFontFromAttributes: %s %ld %d %d\n", faPtr->family, lround(faPtr->size), faPtr->weight, faPtr->slant)); pattern = XftPatternCreate(); if (faPtr->family) { XftPatternAddString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, faPtr->family); } if (faPtr->size > 0.0) { XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, faPtr->size); } else if (faPtr->size < 0.0) { XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size)); } else { XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, 12.0); } switch (faPtr->weight) { case TK_FW_NORMAL: default: weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
727 728 729 730 731 732 733 | XftFont *ftFont; FcChar32 c; XGlyphInfo extents; Tcl_Size clen; int curX, newX, curByte, newByte, sawNonSpace; int termByte = 0, termX = 0, errorFlag = 0; Tk_ErrorHandler handler; | | | 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 | XftFont *ftFont; FcChar32 c; XGlyphInfo extents; Tcl_Size clen; int curX, newX, curByte, newByte, sawNonSpace; int termByte = 0, termX = 0, errorFlag = 0; Tk_ErrorHandler handler; #if DEBUG_FONTSEL char string[256]; int len = 0; #endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(fontPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, InitFontErrorProc, &errorFlag); curX = 0; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
763 764 765 766 767 768 769 | termX = curX; sawNonSpace = 0; } } else { sawNonSpace = 1; } | | | 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 | termX = curX; sawNonSpace = 0; } } else { sawNonSpace = 1; } #if DEBUG_FONTSEL string[len++] = (char) c; #endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0); if (!errorFlag) { LOCK; XftTextExtents32(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &c, 1, &extents); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
806 807 808 809 810 811 812 | } curX = newX; curByte = newByte; } measureCharsEnd: Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); | | | | 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 | } curX = newX; curByte = newByte; } measureCharsEnd: Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); #if DEBUG_FONTSEL string[len] = '\0'; DEBUG(("MeasureChars: %s length %d bytes %d\n", string, curX, curByte)); #endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ *lengthPtr = curX; return curByte; } int TkpMeasureCharsInContext( |
︙ | ︙ | |||
944 945 946 947 948 949 950 | int clen, nspec, xStart = x; XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC]; XGlyphInfo metrics; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) { | < | < | 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 | int clen, nspec, xStart = x; XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC]; XGlyphInfo metrics; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) { DEBUG(("Switch to drawable 0x%lx\n", drawable)); fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable, DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen), DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen)); } else { Tk_ErrorHandler handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 | int clen, nglyph; FT_UInt glyphs[NUM_SPEC]; XGlyphInfo metrics; XftFont *currentFtFont; int originX, originY; if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) { | < | < | 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 | int clen, nglyph; FT_UInt glyphs[NUM_SPEC]; XGlyphInfo metrics; XftFont *currentFtFont; int originX, originY; if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) { DEBUG(("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable)); fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable, DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen), DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen)); } else { Tk_ErrorHandler handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 | Tcl_Size clen; int nspec; XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC]; XGlyphInfo metrics; double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0); if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) { | < | < | 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 | Tcl_Size clen; int nspec; XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC]; XGlyphInfo metrics; double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0); if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) { DEBUG(("Switch to drawable 0x%lx\n", drawable)); fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable, DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen), DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen)); } else { Tk_ErrorHandler handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixScale.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
628 629 630 631 632 633 634 | if (scalePtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, scalePtr->bgBorder, scalePtr->highlightWidth, scalePtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth, scalePtr->borderWidth, scalePtr->relief); } | | | 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 | if (scalePtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, scalePtr->bgBorder, scalePtr->highlightWidth, scalePtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth, scalePtr->borderWidth, scalePtr->relief); } if (scalePtr->highlightWidth > 0) { GC gc; if (scalePtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); } else { gc = Tk_GCForColor( Tk_3DBorderColor(scalePtr->highlightBorder), pixmap); |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 | * operation. This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen * image has been cleared. */ pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(scrollPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin)); | | | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 | * operation. This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen * image has been cleared. */ pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(scrollPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin)); if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { GC gc; if (scrollPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { gc = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); } else { gc = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap); } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
279 280 281 282 283 284 285 | TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry( TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have * changed. */ { int width, fieldLength; | < < < | 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 | TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry( TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have * changed. */ { int width, fieldLength; scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth; width = (scrollPtr->vertical) ? Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin) : Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin); /* * Next line assumes that the arrow area is a square. */ |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/nmakehlp.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | SetEnvironmentVariable("LINK", ""); if (argc > 1 && *argv[1] == '-') { switch (*(argv[1]+1)) { case 'c': if (argc != 3) { chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1, | | | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | SetEnvironmentVariable("LINK", ""); if (argc > 1 && *argv[1] == '-') { switch (*(argv[1]+1)) { case 'c': if (argc != 3) { chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1, "usage: %s -c <compiler option>\n" "Tests for whether cl.exe supports an option\n" "exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]); WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars, &dwWritten, NULL); return 2; } return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
315 316 317 318 319 320 321 | /* * Look for the commandline warning code in both streams. * - in MSVC 6 & 7 we get D4002, in MSVC 8 we get D9002. */ return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL | | | | | | | 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 | /* * Look for the commandline warning code in both streams. * - in MSVC 6 & 7 we get D4002, in MSVC 8 we get D9002. */ return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL || strstr(Err.buffer, "D4002") != NULL || strstr(Out.buffer, "D9002") != NULL || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL); } static int CheckForLinkerFeature( char **options, int count) { |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinButton.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { return; } border = butPtr->normalBorder; if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) { gc = butPtr->disabledGC; } else if ((butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) { gc = butPtr->activeTextGC; border = butPtr->activeBorder; | > > > > > | 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { return; } Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->borderWidthPtr, &butPtr->borderWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->padXPtr, &butPtr->padX); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, butPtr->padYPtr, &butPtr->padY); border = butPtr->normalBorder; if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) { gc = butPtr->disabledGC; } else if ((butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) { gc = butPtr->activeTextGC; border = butPtr->activeBorder; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
619 620 621 622 623 624 625 | /* * Compute width of default ring and offset for pushed buttons. */ if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) { defaultWidth = butPtr->highlightWidth; | | | 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 | /* * Compute width of default ring and offset for pushed buttons. */ if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) { defaultWidth = butPtr->highlightWidth; offset = 0; } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) { defaultWidth = ((butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) ? butPtr->highlightWidth : 0); offset = 1; } else { defaultWidth = 0; if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
920 921 922 923 924 925 926 | * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the button's * contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border. */ if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, defaultWidth, defaultWidth, | | | | | | | | | | 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 | * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the button's * contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border. */ if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, defaultWidth, defaultWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * defaultWidth, butPtr->borderWidth, relief); } if (defaultWidth != 0) { int highlightColor; dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state); if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) { highlightColor = (int) Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder)->pixel; } else { highlightColor = (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel; } TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth, highlightColor); TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin), highlightColor); TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, Tk_Height(tkwin) - defaultWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth, highlightColor); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 | /* Vertical and horizontal dialog units size in pixels. */ double vDLU, hDLU; Tk_FontMetrics fm; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); | | | | | 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 | /* Vertical and horizontal dialog units size in pixels. */ double vDLU, hDLU; Tk_FontMetrics fm; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->highlightWidthPtr, &butPtr->highlightWidth); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->borderWidthPtr, &butPtr->borderWidth); butPtr->inset = butPtr->highlightWidth + butPtr->borderWidth; butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0; if (!tsdPtr->initialized) { InitBoxes(butPtr->tkwin); } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 | /* * If the button is compound (i.e., it shows both an image and text), the * new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We only * honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an image, * because otherwise it is not really a compound button. */ if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { case COMPOUND_TOP: case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: /* * Image is above or below text. */ | > > > | 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 | /* * If the button is compound (i.e., it shows both an image and text), the * new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We only * honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an image, * because otherwise it is not really a compound button. */ Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->padXPtr, &butPtr->padX); Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->padYPtr, &butPtr->padY); if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { case COMPOUND_TOP: case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: /* * Image is above or below text. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 | width = butPtr->width; } if (butPtr->height > 0) { height = butPtr->height; } | | | | 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 | width = butPtr->width; } if (butPtr->height > 0) { height = butPtr->height; } width += 2 * butPtr->padX; height += 2 * butPtr->padY; } else if (haveImage) { if (butPtr->width > 0) { width = butPtr->width; } else { width = imgWidth; } if (butPtr->height > 0) { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 | case BN_CLICKED: { /* * OOPS: chromium fires WM_NULL regularly to ping if plugin is still * alive. When using an external window (i.e. via the tcl plugin), this * causes all buttons to fire once a second, so we need to make sure * that we are not dealing with the chromium life check. */ | | | 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 | case BN_CLICKED: { /* * OOPS: chromium fires WM_NULL regularly to ping if plugin is still * alive. When using an external window (i.e. via the tcl plugin), this * causes all buttons to fire once a second, so we need to make sure * that we are not dealing with the chromium life check. */ if (wParam != 0 || lParam != 0) { int code; Tcl_Interp *interp = butPtr->info.interp; if (butPtr->info.state != STATE_DISABLED) { Tcl_Preserve(interp); code = TkInvokeButton((TkButton*)butPtr); if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinClipboard.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 | int result, locale, noBackslash = 0; if ((selection != Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD")) || (target != XA_STRING)) { goto error; } if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) { | | | | | | 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 | int result, locale, noBackslash = 0; if ((selection != Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD")) || (target != XA_STRING)) { goto error; } if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "clipboard cannot be opened, another application grabbed it")); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CLIPBOARD", "BUSY", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } /* * Attempt to get the data in Unicode form if available as this is less * work that CF_TEXT. */ |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinDefault.h.
︙ | ︙ | |||
446 447 448 449 450 451 452 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR "" | | | 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR "" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH NULL #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinDialog.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 | Tcl_Obj *initialTypeObj; /* Initial value of above, or NULL */ Tcl_DString utfDirString; /* Initial dir */ int multi; /* Multiple selection enabled */ int confirmOverwrite; /* Confirm before overwriting */ int mustExist; /* Used only for */ int forceXPStyle; /* XXX - Force XP style even on newer systems */ WCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH]; /* File name | | | | | 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 | Tcl_Obj *initialTypeObj; /* Initial value of above, or NULL */ Tcl_DString utfDirString; /* Initial dir */ int multi; /* Multiple selection enabled */ int confirmOverwrite; /* Confirm before overwriting */ int mustExist; /* Used only for */ int forceXPStyle; /* XXX - Force XP style even on newer systems */ WCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH]; /* File name XXX - fixed size because it was so historically. Why not malloc'ed ? */ } OFNOpts; /* Define the operation for which option parsing is to be done. */ enum OFNOper { OFN_FILE_SAVE, /* tk_getOpenFile */ OFN_FILE_OPEN, /* tk_getSaveFile */ OFN_DIR_CHOOSE /* tk_chooseDirectory */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
250 251 252 253 254 255 256 | #endif /* __MSVCRT__ */ typedef struct IShellItemArray IShellItemArray; typedef struct IShellItemArrayVtbl { BEGIN_INTERFACE HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )( | | | | | | | | | | 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 | #endif /* __MSVCRT__ */ typedef struct IShellItemArray IShellItemArray; typedef struct IShellItemArrayVtbl { BEGIN_INTERFACE HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )( IShellItemArray *, REFIID riid,void **ppvObject); ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddRef )(IShellItemArray *); ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Release )(IShellItemArray *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *BindToHandler )(IShellItemArray *, IBindCtx *, REFGUID, REFIID, void **); /* flags is actually is enum GETPROPERTYSTOREFLAGS */ HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetPropertyStore )( IShellItemArray *, int, REFIID, void **); /* keyType actually REFPROPERTYKEY */ HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetPropertyDescriptionList )( IShellItemArray *, void *, REFIID, void **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetAttributes )(IShellItemArray *, SIATTRIBFLAGS, SFGAOF, SFGAOF *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetCount )( IShellItemArray *, DWORD *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetItemAt )( IShellItemArray *, DWORD, IShellItem **); /* ppenumShellItems actually (IEnumShellItems **) */ HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *EnumItems )( IShellItemArray *, void **); END_INTERFACE } IShellItemArrayVtbl; struct IShellItemArray { CONST_VTBL struct IShellItemArrayVtbl *lpVtbl; }; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
350 351 352 353 354 355 356 | typedef struct IFileDialog IFileDialog; typedef struct IFileDialogVtbl { BEGIN_INTERFACE HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )( | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 | typedef struct IFileDialog IFileDialog; typedef struct IFileDialogVtbl { BEGIN_INTERFACE HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )( IFileDialog *, REFIID, void **); ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddRef )( IFileDialog *); ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Release )( IFileDialog *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Show )( IFileDialog *, HWND); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypes )( IFileDialog *, UINT, const TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypeIndex )(IFileDialog *, UINT); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileTypeIndex )(IFileDialog *, UINT *); /* XXX - Actually pfde is IFileDialogEvents* but we do not use this call and do not want to define IFileDialogEvents as that pulls in a whole bunch of other stuff. */ HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Advise )( IFileDialog *, void *, DWORD *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Unadvise )(IFileDialog *, DWORD); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOptions )( IFileDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetOptions )( IFileDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultFolder )( IFileDialog *, IShellItem *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFolder )( IFileDialog *, IShellItem *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFolder )( IFileDialog *, IShellItem **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetCurrentSelection )( IFileDialog *, IShellItem **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileName )( IFileDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileName )( IFileDialog *, LPWSTR *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetTitle )( IFileDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOkButtonLabel )( IFileDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileNameLabel )( IFileDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetResult )( IFileDialog *, IShellItem **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddPlace )( IFileDialog *, IShellItem *, FDAP); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultExtension )( IFileDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Close )( IFileDialog *, HRESULT); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetClientGuid )( IFileDialog *, REFGUID); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *ClearClientData )( IFileDialog *); /* pFilter actually IShellItemFilter. But deprecated in Win7 AND we do not use it anyways. So define as void* */ HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFilter )( IFileDialog *, void *); END_INTERFACE } IFileDialogVtbl; struct IFileDialog { CONST_VTBL struct IFileDialogVtbl *lpVtbl; }; typedef struct IFileSaveDialog IFileSaveDialog; typedef struct IFileSaveDialogVtbl { BEGIN_INTERFACE HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )( IFileSaveDialog *, REFIID, void **); ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddRef )( IFileSaveDialog *); ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Release )( IFileSaveDialog *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Show )( IFileSaveDialog *, HWND); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypes )( IFileSaveDialog *, UINT, const TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypeIndex )( IFileSaveDialog *, UINT); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileTypeIndex )( IFileSaveDialog *, UINT *); /* Actually pfde is IFileSaveDialogEvents* */ HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Advise )( IFileSaveDialog *, void *, DWORD *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Unadvise )( IFileSaveDialog *, DWORD); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOptions )( IFileSaveDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetOptions )( IFileSaveDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultFolder )( IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFolder )( IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFolder )( IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetCurrentSelection )( IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileName )( IFileSaveDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileName )( IFileSaveDialog *, LPWSTR *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetTitle )( IFileSaveDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOkButtonLabel )( IFileSaveDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileNameLabel )( IFileSaveDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetResult )( IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddPlace )( IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *, FDAP); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultExtension )( IFileSaveDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Close )( IFileSaveDialog *, HRESULT); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetClientGuid )( IFileSaveDialog *, REFGUID); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *ClearClientData )( IFileSaveDialog *); /* pFilter Actually IShellItemFilter* */ HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFilter )( IFileSaveDialog *, void *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetSaveAsItem )( IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetProperties )( IFileSaveDialog *, IPropertyStore *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetCollectedProperties )( IFileSaveDialog *, IPropertyDescriptionList *, BOOL); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetProperties )( IFileSaveDialog *, IPropertyStore **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *ApplyProperties )( IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *, IPropertyStore *, HWND, IFileOperationProgressSink *); END_INTERFACE } IFileSaveDialogVtbl; struct IFileSaveDialog { CONST_VTBL struct IFileSaveDialogVtbl *lpVtbl; }; typedef struct IFileOpenDialog IFileOpenDialog; typedef struct IFileOpenDialogVtbl { BEGIN_INTERFACE HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )( IFileOpenDialog *, REFIID, void **); ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddRef )( IFileOpenDialog *); ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Release )( IFileOpenDialog *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Show )( IFileOpenDialog *, HWND); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypes )( IFileOpenDialog *, UINT, const TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypeIndex )( IFileOpenDialog *, UINT); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileTypeIndex )( IFileOpenDialog *, UINT *); /* Actually pfde is IFileDialogEvents* */ HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Advise )( IFileOpenDialog *, void *, DWORD *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Unadvise )( IFileOpenDialog *, DWORD); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOptions )( IFileOpenDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetOptions )( IFileOpenDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultFolder )( IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFolder )( IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFolder )( IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetCurrentSelection )( IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileName )( IFileOpenDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileName )( IFileOpenDialog *, LPWSTR *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetTitle )( IFileOpenDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOkButtonLabel )( IFileOpenDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileNameLabel )( IFileOpenDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetResult )( IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddPlace )( IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem *, FDAP); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultExtension )( IFileOpenDialog *, LPCWSTR); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Close )( IFileOpenDialog *, HRESULT); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetClientGuid )( IFileOpenDialog *, REFGUID); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *ClearClientData )( IFileOpenDialog *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFilter )( IFileOpenDialog *, /* pFilter is actually IShellItemFilter */ void *); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetResults )( IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItemArray **); HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetSelectedItems )( IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItemArray **); END_INTERFACE } IFileOpenDialogVtbl; struct IFileOpenDialog { CONST_VTBL struct IFileOpenDialogVtbl *lpVtbl; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
565 566 567 568 569 570 571 | static UINT APIENTRY ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, LPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static UINT CALLBACK ColorDlgHookProc(HWND hDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static void CleanupOFNOptions(OFNOpts *optsPtr); static int ParseOFNOptions(void *clientData, | | | | | | | | | | 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 | static UINT APIENTRY ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, LPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static UINT CALLBACK ColorDlgHookProc(HWND hDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static void CleanupOFNOptions(OFNOpts *optsPtr); static int ParseOFNOptions(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], enum OFNOper oper, OFNOpts *optsPtr); static int GetFileNameXP(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr, enum OFNOper oper); static int GetFileNameVista(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr, enum OFNOper oper); static int GetFileName(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], enum OFNOper oper); static int MakeFilterVista(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr, DWORD *countPtr, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC **dlgFilterPtrPtr, DWORD *defaultFilterIndexPtr); static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr); static int MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr, Tcl_Obj *initialPtr, int *indexPtr); static UINT APIENTRY OFNHookProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgBoxCBTProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
980 981 982 983 984 985 986 | OFNOpts *optsPtr) /* Output, uninitialized on entry */ { int i; Tcl_DString ds; enum options { FILE_DEFAULT, FILE_TYPES, FILE_INITDIR, FILE_INITFILE, FILE_PARENT, FILE_TITLE, FILE_TYPEVARIABLE, FILE_MULTIPLE, FILE_CONFIRMOW, | | | 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 | OFNOpts *optsPtr) /* Output, uninitialized on entry */ { int i; Tcl_DString ds; enum options { FILE_DEFAULT, FILE_TYPES, FILE_INITDIR, FILE_INITFILE, FILE_PARENT, FILE_TITLE, FILE_TYPEVARIABLE, FILE_MULTIPLE, FILE_CONFIRMOW, FILE_MUSTEXIST, }; struct Options { const char *name; enum options value; }; static const struct Options saveOptions[] = { {"-confirmoverwrite", FILE_CONFIRMOW}, |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 | for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { int index; const char *string; Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], options, sizeof(struct Options), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 | for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { int index; const char *string; Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], options, sizeof(struct Options), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { /* * XXX -xpstyle is explicitly checked for as it is undocumented * and we do not want it to show in option error messages. */ if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "-xpstyle")) goto error_return; if (i + 1 == objc) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("value for \"-xpstyle\" missing", TCL_INDEX_NONE)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL); goto error_return; } if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &optsPtr->forceXPStyle) != TCL_OK) goto error_return; continue; } else if (i + 1 == objc) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "value for \"%s\" missing", options[index].name)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL); goto error_return; } valuePtr = objv[i + 1]; string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr); switch (options[index].value) { case FILE_DEFAULT: optsPtr->extObj = valuePtr; break; case FILE_TYPES: optsPtr->filterObj = valuePtr; break; case FILE_INITDIR: Tcl_DStringFree(&optsPtr->utfDirString); if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &optsPtr->utfDirString) == NULL) goto error_return; break; case FILE_INITFILE: if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL) goto error_return; Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(), Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds), TCL_ENCODING_PROFILE_TCL8, NULL, (char *)&optsPtr->file[0], sizeof(optsPtr->file), NULL, NULL, NULL); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); break; case FILE_PARENT: optsPtr->tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, (Tk_Window)clientData); if (optsPtr->tkwin == NULL) goto error_return; break; case FILE_TITLE: optsPtr->titleObj = valuePtr; break; case FILE_TYPEVARIABLE: optsPtr->typeVariableObj = valuePtr; optsPtr->initialTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, valuePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); break; case FILE_MULTIPLE: if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &optsPtr->multi) != TCL_OK) goto error_return; break; case FILE_CONFIRMOW: if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &optsPtr->confirmOverwrite) != TCL_OK) goto error_return; break; case FILE_MUSTEXIST: if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &optsPtr->mustExist) != TCL_OK) goto error_return; break; } } return TCL_OK; error_return: /* interp should already hold error */ /* On error, we need to clean up anything we might have allocated */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int VistaFileDialogsAvailable(void) { HRESULT hr; IFileDialog *fdlgPtr = NULL; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) | | | 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int VistaFileDialogsAvailable(void) { HRESULT hr; IFileDialog *fdlgPtr = NULL; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState == FDLG_STATE_INIT) { tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState = FDLG_STATE_USE_OLD; hr = CoInitialize(0); /* XXX - need we schedule CoUninitialize at thread shutdown ? */ /* Ensure all COM interfaces we use are available */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 | * TCL_ERROR - error return * * Side effects: * Dialogs is displayed *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int GetFileNameVista(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr, | | | 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 | * TCL_ERROR - error return * * Side effects: * Dialogs is displayed *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int GetFileNameVista(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr, enum OFNOper oper) { HRESULT hr; HWND hWnd; DWORD flags, nfilters, defaultFilterIndex; TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *filterPtr = NULL; IFileDialog *fdlgIf = NULL; IShellItem *dirIf = NULL; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 | hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(optsPtr->tkwin)); /* * The only validation we need to do w.r.t caller supplied data * is the filter specification so do that before creating */ if (MakeFilterVista(interp, optsPtr, &nfilters, &filterPtr, | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 | hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(optsPtr->tkwin)); /* * The only validation we need to do w.r.t caller supplied data * is the filter specification so do that before creating */ if (MakeFilterVista(interp, optsPtr, &nfilters, &filterPtr, &defaultFilterIndex) != TCL_OK) return TCL_ERROR; /* * Beyond this point, do not just return on error as there will be * resources that need to be released/freed. */ if (oper == OFN_FILE_OPEN || oper == OFN_DIR_CHOOSE) hr = CoCreateInstance(&ClsidFileOpenDialog, NULL, CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, &IIDIFileOpenDialog, (void **) &fdlgIf); else hr = CoCreateInstance(&ClsidFileSaveDialog, NULL, CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, &IIDIFileSaveDialog, (void **) &fdlgIf); if (FAILED(hr)) goto vamoose; /* * Get current settings first because we want to preserve existing * settings like whether to show hidden files etc. based on the * user's existing preference */ hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetOptions(fdlgIf, &flags); if (FAILED(hr)) goto vamoose; if (filterPtr) { /* * Causes -filetypes {{All *}} -defaultextension ext to return * foo.ext.ext when foo is typed into the entry box * flags |= FOS_STRICTFILETYPES; */ hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFileTypes(fdlgIf, nfilters, filterPtr); if (FAILED(hr)) goto vamoose; hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFileTypeIndex(fdlgIf, defaultFilterIndex); if (FAILED(hr)) goto vamoose; } /* Flags are equivalent to those we used in the older API */ /* * Following flags must be set irrespective of original setting * XXX - should FOS_NOVALIDATE be there ? Note FOS_NOVALIDATE has different * semantics than OFN_NOVALIDATE in the old API. */ flags |= FOS_FORCEFILESYSTEM | /* Only want files, not other shell items */ FOS_NOVALIDATE | /* Don't check for access denied etc. */ FOS_PATHMUSTEXIST; /* The *directory* path must exist */ if (oper == OFN_DIR_CHOOSE) { flags |= FOS_PICKFOLDERS; if (optsPtr->mustExist) flags |= FOS_FILEMUSTEXIST; /* XXX - check working */ } else flags &= ~ FOS_PICKFOLDERS; if (optsPtr->multi) flags |= FOS_ALLOWMULTISELECT; else flags &= ~FOS_ALLOWMULTISELECT; if (optsPtr->confirmOverwrite) flags |= FOS_OVERWRITEPROMPT; else flags &= ~FOS_OVERWRITEPROMPT; hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetOptions(fdlgIf, flags); if (FAILED(hr)) goto vamoose; if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) { Tcl_DString ds; const char *src; src = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->extObj); Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); wstr = Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(src, optsPtr->extObj->length, &ds); if (wstr[0] == '.') ++wstr; hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetDefaultExtension(fdlgIf, wstr); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); if (FAILED(hr)) goto vamoose; } if (optsPtr->titleObj != NULL) { Tcl_DString ds; const char *src; src = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->titleObj); Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); wstr = Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(src, optsPtr->titleObj->length, &ds); hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetTitle(fdlgIf, wstr); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); if (FAILED(hr)) goto vamoose; } if (optsPtr->file[0]) { hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFileName(fdlgIf, optsPtr->file); if (FAILED(hr)) goto vamoose; } if (Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString)[0] != '\0') { Tcl_Obj *normPath, *iniDirPath; iniDirPath = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString), TCL_INDEX_NONE); Tcl_IncrRefCount(iniDirPath); normPath = Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(interp, iniDirPath); /* XXX - Note on failures do not raise error, simply ignore ini dir */ if (normPath) { LPCWSTR nativePath; Tcl_IncrRefCount(normPath); nativePath = (LPCWSTR)Tcl_FSGetNativePath(normPath); /* Points INTO normPath*/ if (nativePath) { hr = SHCreateItemFromParsingName( nativePath, NULL, &IIDIShellItem, (void **) &dirIf); if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { /* Note we use SetFolder, not SetDefaultFolder - see MSDN */ fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFolder(fdlgIf, dirIf); /* Ignore errors */ } } Tcl_DecrRefCount(normPath); /* ALSO INVALIDATES nativePath !! */ } Tcl_DecrRefCount(iniDirPath); } oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->Show(fdlgIf, hWnd); Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); EatSpuriousMessageBugFix(); /* * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled * (Windows loses sync). */ if (hWnd) EnableWindow(hWnd, 1); /* * Clear interp result since it might have been set during the modal loop. * https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6 */ Tcl_ResetResult(interp); if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { if ((oper == OFN_FILE_OPEN) && optsPtr->multi) { IShellItemArray *multiIf; DWORD dw, count; IFileOpenDialog *fodIf = (IFileOpenDialog *) fdlgIf; hr = fodIf->lpVtbl->GetResults(fodIf, &multiIf); if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { Tcl_Obj *multiObj; hr = multiIf->lpVtbl->GetCount(multiIf, &count); multiObj = Tcl_NewListObj(count, NULL); if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { IShellItem *itemIf; for (dw = 0; dw < count; ++dw) { hr = multiIf->lpVtbl->GetItemAt(multiIf, dw, &itemIf); if (FAILED(hr)) break; hr = itemIf->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(itemIf, SIGDN_FILESYSPATH, &wstr); if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { Tcl_DString fnds; ConvertExternalFilename(wstr, &fnds); CoTaskMemFree(wstr); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement( interp, multiObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fnds), Tcl_DStringLength(&fnds))); Tcl_DStringFree(&fnds); } itemIf->lpVtbl->Release(itemIf); if (FAILED(hr)) break; } } multiIf->lpVtbl->Release(multiIf); if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) resultObj = multiObj; else Tcl_DecrRefCount(multiObj); } } else { IShellItem *resultIf; hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetResult(fdlgIf, &resultIf); if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { hr = resultIf->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(resultIf, SIGDN_FILESYSPATH, &wstr); if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { Tcl_DString fnds; ConvertExternalFilename(wstr, &fnds); resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fnds), Tcl_DStringLength(&fnds)); CoTaskMemFree(wstr); Tcl_DStringFree(&fnds); } resultIf->lpVtbl->Release(resultIf); } } if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { if (filterPtr && optsPtr->typeVariableObj) { UINT ftix; hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetFileTypeIndex(fdlgIf, &ftix); if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { /* Note ftix is a 1-based index */ if (ftix > 0 && ftix <= nfilters) { Tcl_DString ftds; Tcl_Obj *ftobj; Tcl_DStringInit(&ftds); Tcl_WCharToUtfDString(filterPtr[ftix-1].pszName, wcslen(filterPtr[ftix-1].pszName), &ftds); ftobj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ftds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ftds)); Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, optsPtr->typeVariableObj, NULL, ftobj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG); Tcl_DStringFree(&ftds); } } } } } else { if (hr == HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_CANCELLED)) hr = 0; /* User cancelled, return empty string */ } vamoose: /* (hr != 0) => error */ if (dirIf) dirIf->lpVtbl->Release(dirIf); if (fdlgIf) fdlgIf->lpVtbl->Release(fdlgIf); if (filterPtr) FreeFilterVista(nfilters, filterPtr); if (hr == 0) { if (resultObj) /* May be NULL if user cancelled */ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); return TCL_OK; } else { if (resultObj) Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultObj); Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkWin32ErrorObj(hr)); return TCL_ERROR; } } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 | int cdlgerr; int filterIndex = 0, result = TCL_ERROR, winCode, oldMode; HWND hWnd; Tcl_DString utfFilterString, ds; Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString; const char *str; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) | | | | | | 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 | int cdlgerr; int filterIndex = 0, result = TCL_ERROR, winCode, oldMode; HWND hWnd; Tcl_DString utfFilterString, ds; Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString; const char *str; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); memset(&ofnData, 0, sizeof(OFNData)); Tcl_DStringInit(&utfFilterString); Tcl_DStringInit(&dirString); /* XXX - original code was missing this leaving dirString uninitialized for the unlikely code path where cwd failed */ if (MakeFilter(interp, optsPtr->filterObj, &utfFilterString, optsPtr->initialTypeObj, &filterIndex) != TCL_OK) { goto end; } Tk_MakeWindowExist(optsPtr->tkwin); hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(optsPtr->tkwin)); memset(&ofn, 0, sizeof(OPENFILENAME)); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 | */ Tcl_DString cwd; Tcl_DStringFree(&optsPtr->utfDirString); if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &optsPtr->utfDirString) == NULL) || (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, | | | 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 | */ Tcl_DString cwd; Tcl_DStringFree(&optsPtr->utfDirString); if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &optsPtr->utfDirString) == NULL) || (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString), &cwd) == NULL)) { Tcl_ResetResult(interp); } else { Tcl_DStringInit(&dirString); Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(Tcl_DStringValue(&cwd), Tcl_DStringLength(&cwd), &dirString); } Tcl_DStringFree(&cwd); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 | &listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) { result = TCL_ERROR; } else if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, listObjv[ofn.nFilterIndex - 1], &count, &typeInfo) != TCL_OK) { result = TCL_ERROR; } else { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 | &listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) { result = TCL_ERROR; } else if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, listObjv[ofn.nFilterIndex - 1], &count, &typeInfo) != TCL_OK) { result = TCL_ERROR; } else { /* * BUGFIX for d43a10ce2fed950e00890049f3c273f2cdd12583 * The original code was broken because it passed typeinfo[0] * directly into Tcl_ObjSetVar2. In the case of typeInfo[0] * pointing into a list which is also referenced by * typeVariableObj, TOSV2 shimmers the object into * variable intrep which loses the list representation. * This invalidates typeInfo[0] which is freed but * nevertheless stored as the value of the variable. */ Tcl_Obj *selFilterObj = typeInfo[0]; Tcl_IncrRefCount(selFilterObj); if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, optsPtr->typeVariableObj, NULL, selFilterObj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) { result = TCL_ERROR; } Tcl_DecrRefCount(selFilterObj); } } } else if (cdlgerr == FNERR_INVALIDFILENAME) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "invalid filename \"%s\"", ConvertExternalFilename(ofn.lpstrFile, &ds))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "INVALID_FILENAME", NULL); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); } else { result = TCL_OK; } if (ofn.lpstrTitle != NULL) { Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); } if (ofn.lpstrInitialDir != NULL) { /* XXX - huh? lpstrInitialDir is set from Tcl_DStringValue which can never return NULL */ Tcl_DStringFree(&dirString); } Tcl_DStringFree(&filterString); if (ofn.lpstrDefExt != NULL) { Tcl_DStringFree(&extString); } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 | * GetSaveFileName(). */ { OFNOpts ofnOpts; int result; result = ParseOFNOptions(clientData, interp, objc, objv, oper, &ofnOpts); if (result != TCL_OK) | | | | | 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 | * GetSaveFileName(). */ { OFNOpts ofnOpts; int result; result = ParseOFNOptions(clientData, interp, objc, objv, oper, &ofnOpts); if (result != TCL_OK) return result; if (VistaFileDialogsAvailable() && ! ofnOpts.forceXPStyle) result = GetFileNameVista(interp, &ofnOpts, oper); else result = GetFileNameXP(interp, &ofnOpts, oper); CleanupOFNOptions(&ofnOpts); return result; } /* |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 | * * Frees storage previously allocated by MakeFilterVista. * count is the number of elements in dlgFilterPtr[] */ static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr) { if (dlgFilterPtr != NULL) { | | | | | | | | | | 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 | * * Frees storage previously allocated by MakeFilterVista. * count is the number of elements in dlgFilterPtr[] */ static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr) { if (dlgFilterPtr != NULL) { DWORD dw; for (dw = 0; dw < count; ++dw) { if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName != NULL) ckfree((void *)dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName); if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec != NULL) ckfree((void *)dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec); } ckfree(dlgFilterPtr); } } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * MakeFilterVista -- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int MakeFilterVista( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ OFNOpts *optsPtr, /* Caller specified options */ DWORD *countPtr, /* Will hold number of filters */ TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC **dlgFilterPtrPtr, /* Will hold pointer to filter array. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int MakeFilterVista( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ OFNOpts *optsPtr, /* Caller specified options */ DWORD *countPtr, /* Will hold number of filters */ TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC **dlgFilterPtrPtr, /* Will hold pointer to filter array. Set to NULL if no filters specified. Must be freed by calling FreeFilterVista */ DWORD *initialIndexPtr) /* Will hold index of default type */ { TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr; const char *initial = NULL; FileFilterList flist; FileFilter *filterPtr; DWORD initialIndex = 0; Tcl_DString ds, patterns; int i; if (optsPtr->filterObj == NULL) { *dlgFilterPtrPtr = NULL; *countPtr = 0; return TCL_OK; } if (optsPtr->initialTypeObj) initial = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->initialTypeObj); TkInitFileFilters(&flist); if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &flist, optsPtr->filterObj, 1) != TCL_OK) return TCL_ERROR; if (flist.filters == NULL) { *dlgFilterPtrPtr = NULL; *countPtr = 0; return TCL_OK; } Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); Tcl_DStringInit(&patterns); dlgFilterPtr = (TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *)ckalloc(flist.numFilters * sizeof(*dlgFilterPtr)); for (i = 0, filterPtr = flist.filters; filterPtr; filterPtr = filterPtr->next, ++i) { const char *sep; FileFilterClause *clausePtr; size_t nbytes; /* Check if this entry should be shown as the default */ if (initial && strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0) initialIndex = i+1; /* Windows filter indices are 1-based */ /* First stash away the text description of the pattern */ Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(filterPtr->name, TCL_INDEX_NONE, &ds); nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */ nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR); /* Terminating \0 */ dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName = (LPCWSTR)ckalloc(nbytes); memmove((void *) dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); /* |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, sep, TCL_INDEX_NONE); Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, globPtr->pattern, TCL_INDEX_NONE); sep = ";"; } } /* Again we need a Unicode form of the string */ | | | | 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, sep, TCL_INDEX_NONE); Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, globPtr->pattern, TCL_INDEX_NONE); sep = ";"; } } /* Again we need a Unicode form of the string */ Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(Tcl_DStringValue(&patterns), TCL_INDEX_NONE, &ds); nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */ nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR); /* Terminating \0 */ dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec = (LPCWSTR)ckalloc(nbytes); memmove((void *)dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); Tcl_DStringSetLength(&patterns, 0); } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 | Tcl_DString titleString; /* Title */ Tcl_DString tempString; /* temporary */ Tcl_Obj *objPtr; OFNOpts ofnOpts; const char *utfDir; result = ParseOFNOptions(clientData, interp, objc, objv, | | | | | | | | | | | | 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 | Tcl_DString titleString; /* Title */ Tcl_DString tempString; /* temporary */ Tcl_Obj *objPtr; OFNOpts ofnOpts; const char *utfDir; result = ParseOFNOptions(clientData, interp, objc, objv, OFN_DIR_CHOOSE, &ofnOpts); if (result != TCL_OK) return result; /* Use new dialogs if available */ if (VistaFileDialogsAvailable() && ! ofnOpts.forceXPStyle) { result = GetFileNameVista(interp, &ofnOpts, OFN_DIR_CHOOSE); CleanupOFNOptions(&ofnOpts); return result; } /* Older dialogs */ path[0] = '\0'; memset(&cdCBData, 0, sizeof(ChooseDir)); cdCBData.interp = interp; cdCBData.mustExist = ofnOpts.mustExist; utfDir = Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString); if (utfDir[0] != '\0') { LPCWSTR uniStr; Tcl_DStringInit(&tempString); Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString), TCL_INDEX_NONE, &tempString); uniStr = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString); /* Convert possible relative path to full path to keep dialog happy. */ GetFullPathNameW(uniStr, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL); wcsncpy(cdCBData.initDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH); } /* XXX - rest of this (original) code has no error checks at all. */ /* * Get ready to call the browser */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 | * user a chance to change their mind on an invalid folder if mustexist is * 0. */ oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAX_PATH, saveDir); if (SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc) == NOERROR) { | | | | | | 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 | * user a chance to change their mind on an invalid folder if mustexist is * 0. */ oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAX_PATH, saveDir); if (SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc) == NOERROR) { /* * XXX - MSDN says CoInitialize must have been called before * SHBrowseForFolder can be used but don't see that called anywhere. */ pidl = SHBrowseForFolderW(&bInfo); /* * This is a fix for Windows 2000, which seems to modify the folder * name buffer even when the dialog is canceled (in this case the * buffer contains garbage). See [Bug #3002230] */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 | chooseDirSharedData->retDir, NULL); if (chooseDirSharedData->mustExist) { /* * User HAS to select a valid directory. */ wsprintfW(selDir, L"Directory '%s' does not exist,\n" | | | 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 | chooseDirSharedData->retDir, NULL); if (chooseDirSharedData->mustExist) { /* * User HAS to select a valid directory. */ wsprintfW(selDir, L"Directory '%s' does not exist,\n" L"please select or enter an existing directory.", chooseDirSharedData->retDir); MessageBoxW(NULL, selDir, NULL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK); chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0'; return 1; } } else { /* |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinDraw.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
757 758 759 760 761 762 763 | */ static void MakeAndStrokePath( HDC dc, POINT *winPoints, int npoints, WinDrawFunc func) /* Name of the Windows GDI drawing function: | | | | | | | | | | | 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 | */ static void MakeAndStrokePath( HDC dc, POINT *winPoints, int npoints, WinDrawFunc func) /* Name of the Windows GDI drawing function: this is either Polyline or Polygon. */ { BeginPath(dc); func(dc, winPoints, (int)npoints); /* * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points * are the same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also * at this point, this needs telling the Windows GDI that the * path is closed. */ if (func == Polyline) { if ((winPoints[0].x == winPoints[npoints-1].x) && (winPoints[0].y == winPoints[npoints-1].y)) { CloseFigure(dc); } EndPath(dc); StrokePath(dc); } else { EndPath(dc); StrokeAndFillPath(dc); } } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * RenderObject -- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
875 876 877 878 879 880 881 | * Draw the object in the foreground color and copy it to the * destination wherever the pattern is set. */ SetPolyFillMode(dcMem, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE : WINDING); oldMemBrush = (HBRUSH)SelectObject(dcMem, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground)); | | | | | 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 | * Draw the object in the foreground color and copy it to the * destination wherever the pattern is set. */ SetPolyFillMode(dcMem, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE : WINDING); oldMemBrush = (HBRUSH)SelectObject(dcMem, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground)); MakeAndStrokePath(dcMem, winPoints, npoints, func); BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG); /* * If we are rendering an opaque stipple, then draw the polygon in the * background color and copy it to the destination wherever the * pattern is clear. */ if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) { DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, CreateSolidBrush(gc->background))); MakeAndStrokePath(dcMem, winPoints, npoints, func); BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYBG); } SelectObject(dcMem, oldPen); DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldMemBrush)); DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap)); DeleteDC(dcMem); } else { oldPen = (HPEN)SelectObject(dc, pen); oldBrush = (HBRUSH)SelectObject(dc, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground)); SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]); SetPolyFillMode(dc, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE : WINDING); MakeAndStrokePath(dc, winPoints, npoints, func); SelectObject(dc, oldPen); } DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldBrush)); } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinEmbed.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
858 859 860 861 862 863 864 | { Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr; if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { /* | | | | | | | 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 | { Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr; if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { /* * Send a ConfigureNotify to the embedded application. */ if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) { TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr); } /* * Resize the embedded window, if there is any. */ if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd) { SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, 0, 0, |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinGDI.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
570 571 572 573 574 575 576 | int n; int nbpoints = 0; POINT* bpoints; inPointList = (double *)attemptckalloc(2 * sizeof(double) * npoly); if (inPointList == 0) { /* TODO: unreachable */ | | | | | | | | | | | 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 | int n; int nbpoints = 0; POINT* bpoints; inPointList = (double *)attemptckalloc(2 * sizeof(double) * npoly); if (inPointList == 0) { /* TODO: unreachable */ return nbpoints; /* 0. */ } for (n=0; n<npoly; n++) { inPointList[2*n] = polypoints[n].x; inPointList[2*n + 1] = polypoints[n].y; } nbpoints = 1 + npoly * nStep; /* this is the upper limit. */ outPointList = (double *)attemptckalloc(2 * sizeof(double) * nbpoints); if (outPointList == 0) { /* TODO: unreachable */ ckfree(inPointList); return 0; } nbpoints = TkMakeBezierCurve(NULL, inPointList, npoly, nStep, NULL, outPointList); ckfree(inPointList); bpoints = (POINT *)attemptckalloc(sizeof(POINT)*nbpoints); if (bpoints == 0) { /* TODO: unreachable */ ckfree(outPointList); return 0; } for (n=0; n<nbpoints; n++) { bpoints[n].x = (long)outPointList[2*n]; bpoints[n].y = (long)outPointList[2*n + 1]; } ckfree(outPointList); *bpointptr = *bpoints; return nbpoints; } /* |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 | * fails, get the "extended" error code and return. Be sure to deallocate * the font if necessary. */ if (retval == FALSE) { DWORD val = GetLastError(); Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | | | 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 | * fails, get the "extended" error code and return. Be sure to deallocate * the font if necessary. */ if (retval == FALSE) { DWORD val = GetLastError(); Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "::tk::print::_gdi character failed with code %ld", val)); if (made_font) { SelectObject(hDC, oldfont); DeleteObject(hfont); } return TCL_ERROR; } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 | HANDLE hDIB; HBITMAP hBitmap; HPALETTE hPalette; /* Check for a valid window handle. */ if (!hWnd) { | | | 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 | HANDLE hDIB; HBITMAP hBitmap; HPALETTE hPalette; /* Check for a valid window handle. */ if (!hWnd) { return NULL; } switch (type) { case PTWindow: { /* Copy entire window. */ RECT rectWnd; /* Get the window rectangle. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 | xScrn = GetDeviceCaps(hScrDC, HORZRES); yScrn = GetDeviceCaps(hScrDC, VERTRES); /* Make sure bitmap rectangle is visible. */ if (nX < 0) { | | | | | | 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 | xScrn = GetDeviceCaps(hScrDC, HORZRES); yScrn = GetDeviceCaps(hScrDC, VERTRES); /* Make sure bitmap rectangle is visible. */ if (nX < 0) { nX = 0; } if (nY < 0) { nY = 0; } if (nX2 > xScrn) { nX2 = xScrn; } if (nY2 > yScrn) { nY2 = yScrn; } nWidth = nX2 - nX; nHeight = nY2 - nY; /* Create a bitmap compatible with the screen DC. */ hBitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hScrDC, nWidth, nHeight); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 | HANDLE h; HDC hDC; WORD biBits; /* Check if bitmap handle is valid. */ if (!hBitmap) { | | | | | | | | | 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 | HANDLE h; HDC hDC; WORD biBits; /* Check if bitmap handle is valid. */ if (!hBitmap) { return NULL; } /* Fill in BITMAP structure, return NULL if it didn't work. */ if (!GetObjectW(hBitmap, sizeof(bm), (LPWSTR)&bm)) { return NULL; } /* Ff no palette is specified, use default palette. */ if (hPal == NULL) { hPal = (HPALETTE)GetStockObject(DEFAULT_PALETTE); } /* Calculate bits per pixel. */ biBits = bm.bmPlanes * bm.bmBitsPixel; /* Make sure bits per pixel is valid. */ if (biBits <= 1) { biBits = 1; } else if (biBits <= 4) { biBits = 4; } else if (biBits <= 8) { biBits = 8; } else { /* If greater than 8-bit, force to 24-bit. */ biBits = 24; } /* Initialize BITMAPINFOHEADER. */ bi.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); bi.biWidth = bm.bmWidth; bi.biHeight = bm.bmHeight; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 | /* get the info. returned by GetDIBits and unlock memory block. */ bi = *lpbi; GlobalUnlock(hDIB); /* If the driver did not fill in the biSizeImage field, make one up. */ if (bi.biSizeImage == 0) { | | | | 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 | /* get the info. returned by GetDIBits and unlock memory block. */ bi = *lpbi; GlobalUnlock(hDIB); /* If the driver did not fill in the biSizeImage field, make one up. */ if (bi.biSizeImage == 0) { bi.biSizeImage = (((((DWORD)bm.bmWidth * biBits) + 31) / 32) * 4) * bm.bmHeight; } /* Realloc the buffer big enough to hold all the bits. */ dwLen = bi.biSize + DIBNumColors(&bi) * sizeof(RGBQUAD) + bi.biSizeImage; if ((h = GlobalReAlloc(hDIB, dwLen, 0)) != 0) { hDIB = h; } else { /* Clean up and return NULL. */ GlobalFree(hDIB); SelectPalette(hDC, hPal, TRUE); RealizePalette(hDC); ReleaseDC(NULL, hDC); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 | LPLOGPALETTE lpLogPal; /* Pointer to a logical palette. */ int nColors; /* Number of colors. */ /* Find out how many palette entries we want.. */ hDC = GetDC(NULL); if (!hDC) { | | | | 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 | LPLOGPALETTE lpLogPal; /* Pointer to a logical palette. */ int nColors; /* Number of colors. */ /* Find out how many palette entries we want.. */ hDC = GetDC(NULL); if (!hDC) { return NULL; } nColors = PalEntriesOnDevice(hDC); /* Number of palette entries. */ /* Allocate room for the palette and lock it.. */ hLogPal = GlobalAlloc(GHND, sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + nColors * sizeof(PALETTEENTRY)); if (!hLogPal) { /* If we didn't get a logical palette, return NULL. */ return NULL; } /* get a pointer to the logical palette. */ lpLogPal = (LPLOGPALETTE)GlobalLock(hLogPal); /* Set some important fields. */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 | } /* * Store print properties and link variables so they can be accessed from * script level. */ if (localPrinterName != NULL) { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 | } /* * Store print properties and link variables so they can be accessed from * script level. */ if (localPrinterName != NULL) { char* varlink1 = (char*)ckalloc(100 * sizeof(char)); char** varlink2 = (char**)ckalloc(sizeof(char*)); *varlink2 = varlink1; WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, localPrinterName, -1, varlink1, 0, NULL, NULL); Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "::tk::print::printer_name", varlink2, TCL_LINK_STRING | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY); Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "::tk::print::copies", &copies, TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY); Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "::tk::print::dpi_x", &dpi_x, TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY); Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "::tk::print::dpi_y", &dpi_y, TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY); Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "::tk::print::paper_width", &paper_width, TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY); Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "::tk::print::paper_height", &paper_height, TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY); } return TCL_OK; } /* * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinIco.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
167 168 169 170 171 172 173 | bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width; bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height; bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1; bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 32; bmInfo.bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB; iconInfo.hbmColor = CreateDIBSection(NULL, &bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS, | | | | | | | | | | | | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 | bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width; bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height; bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1; bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 32; bmInfo.bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB; iconInfo.hbmColor = CreateDIBSection(NULL, &bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS, &bgraPixel.voidPtr, NULL, 0); if (!iconInfo.hbmColor) { return NULL; } /* * Convert the photo image data into BGRA format (RGBQUAD). */ bufferSize = height * width * 4; for (idx = 0 ; idx < bufferSize ; idx += 4) { bgraPixel.ptr[idx] = block.pixelPtr[idx+2]; bgraPixel.ptr[idx+1] = block.pixelPtr[idx+1]; bgraPixel.ptr[idx+2] = block.pixelPtr[idx+0]; bgraPixel.ptr[idx+3] = block.pixelPtr[idx+3]; } /* * Create a dummy mask bitmap. The contents of this don't appear to * matter, as CreateIconIndirect will setup the icon mask based on the * alpha channel in our color bitmap. */ bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 1; iconInfo.hbmMask = CreateDIBSection(NULL, &bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS, &bgraMask.voidPtr, NULL, 0); if (!iconInfo.hbmMask) { DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor); return NULL; } memset(bgraMask.ptr, 0, width*height/8); /* * Create an icon from the bitmaps. */ hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&iconInfo); DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor); DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmMask); if (hIcon == NULL) { return NULL; } return hIcon; } /* * Local Variables: * mode: c |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinIco.h.
︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | /* * The following are implemented in tkWinIco.c and also used in tkWinWm.c and tkWinSysTray.c. */ DWORD BytesPerLine(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH); LPSTR FindDIBBits(LPSTR lpbi); | | < | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | /* * The following are implemented in tkWinIco.c and also used in tkWinWm.c and tkWinSysTray.c. */ DWORD BytesPerLine(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH); LPSTR FindDIBBits(LPSTR lpbi); HICON CreateIcoFromPhoto(int width, int height, Tk_PhotoImageBlock block); /* * Local Variables: * mode: c * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 78 |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinKey.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
354 355 356 357 358 359 360 | * pressed, return the appropriate keycode. Otherwise, we fall through * and rely on the keymap table to hold the correct keysym value. * Note: this little trick only works for KeyPress, not for KeyRelease, * for reasons stated in bug [2945130] */ case VK_CONTROL: | | | | | | | | 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 | * pressed, return the appropriate keycode. Otherwise, we fall through * and rely on the keymap table to hold the correct keysym value. * Note: this little trick only works for KeyPress, not for KeyRelease, * for reasons stated in bug [2945130] */ case VK_CONTROL: if (state & EXTENDED_MASK) { return XK_Control_R; } break; case VK_SHIFT: if (GetKeyState(VK_RSHIFT) & 0x80) { return XK_Shift_R; } break; case VK_MENU: if (state & EXTENDED_MASK) { return XK_Alt_R; } break; } return keymap[keycode]; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinMenu.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 | } else { int borderWidth; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth); *widthPtr = indicatorDimensions[1] - borderWidth; | | | | | | | | | | 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 | } else { int borderWidth; Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth); *widthPtr = indicatorDimensions[1] - borderWidth; /* * Quite dubious about the above (why would borderWidth play a role?) * and about how indicatorDimensions[1] is obtained in SetDefaults(). * At least don't let the result be negative! */ if (*widthPtr < 0) { *widthPtr = 0; } } } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * GetMenuAccelGeometry -- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 | Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ { *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { | | | | | | | | 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 | Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ { *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { /* * Cascade entries have no accelerator but do show an arrow. Set * this field width to the width of the OBM_MNARROW system bitmap * used to display the arrow. I couldn't find how to query the * system for this value, therefore I resort to hardcoding. */ *widthPtr = CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH; } else if ((menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) && (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL)) { const char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr); *widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, accel, mePtr->accelLength); } else { *widthPtr = 0; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 | int height) /* Height of menu entry */ { int baseline; int leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + mePtr->labelWidth; const char *accel; if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) { | | | 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 | int height) /* Height of menu entry */ { int baseline; int leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + mePtr->labelWidth; const char *accel; if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) { return; } if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) { accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr); } else { accel = NULL; } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 | /* * Don't draw the arrow if a submenu is not attached to this * cascade entry. */ if ((mePtr->childMenuRefPtr == NULL) | | | | 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 | /* * Don't draw the arrow if a submenu is not attached to this * cascade entry. */ if ((mePtr->childMenuRefPtr == NULL) || (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr == NULL)) { return; } oldFgColor = gc->foreground; oldBgColor = gc->background; /* * Set bitmap bg to highlight color if the menu is highlighted. |
︙ | ︙ | |||
2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 | Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->activeReliefPtr, &relief); } Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth); Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, activeBorderWidth, relief); } else { | | | | 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 | Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->activeReliefPtr, &relief); } Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth); Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, activeBorderWidth, relief); } else { Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); } } /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry -- |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinPointer.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
373 374 375 376 377 378 379 | /* * A multi-screen system may have different logical pixels/inch, with * Windows applying behind-the-scenes scaling on secondary screens. * Don't try and emulate that, instead fall back to SetCursor if the * requested position is off the primary screen. */ if ( x < 0 || x > xscreen || y < 0 || y > yscreen ) { | | | | | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 | /* * A multi-screen system may have different logical pixels/inch, with * Windows applying behind-the-scenes scaling on secondary screens. * Don't try and emulate that, instead fall back to SetCursor if the * requested position is off the primary screen. */ if ( x < 0 || x > xscreen || y < 0 || y > yscreen ) { SetCursorPos(x, y); return; } input.type = INPUT_MOUSE; input.mi.dx = (x * 65535 + xscreen/2) / xscreen; input.mi.dy = (y * 65535 + yscreen/2) / yscreen; /* * Horrible workaround here. There is a bug on Win 10: when warping to * pixel (x = 0, y = 0) the SendInput() below just does not move the * mouse pointer. However, as soon as dx or dy is non zero it moves as * expected. Given the scaling factor of 65535 (see above), * (dx = 1 , dy = 0) still means pixel (x = 0, y = 0). * See ticket [69b48f427e]. */ if (input.mi.dx == 0 && input.mi.dy == 0) { input.mi.dx = 1; } input.mi.mouseData = 0; input.mi.dwFlags = MOUSEEVENTF_ABSOLUTE | MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE; input.mi.time = 0; input.mi.dwExtraInfo = 0; SendInput(1, &input, sizeof(input)); |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinScrlbr.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
390 391 392 393 394 395 396 | int fieldLength, minThumbSize; /* * Windows doesn't use focus rings on scrollbars, but we still perform * basic sanity checks to appease backwards compatibility. */ | < < < < | 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 | int fieldLength, minThumbSize; /* * Windows doesn't use focus rings on scrollbars, but we still perform * basic sanity checks to appease backwards compatibility. */ if (scrollPtr->vertical) { scrollPtr->arrowLength = vArrowHeight; fieldLength = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin); minThumbSize = vThumb; } else { scrollPtr->arrowLength = hArrowWidth; fieldLength = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin); |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinSendCom.h.
︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | #define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC 2 /* * TkWinSendCom public functions */ MODULE_SCOPE HRESULT TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance(Tcl_Interp *interp, | | | | | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | #define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC 2 /* * TkWinSendCom public functions */ MODULE_SCOPE HRESULT TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance(Tcl_Interp *interp, REFIID riid, void **ppv); MODULE_SCOPE int TkWinSend_QueueCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo); #endif /* _tkWinSendCom_h_INCLUDE */ /* * Local Variables: * mode: c * End: |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinSysTray.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | */ #define GETHINSTANCE Tk_GetHINSTANCE() typedef struct IcoInfo { HICON hIcon; /* icon handle returned by LoadIcon. */ unsigned id; /* Identifier for command; used to | | | | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | */ #define GETHINSTANCE Tk_GetHINSTANCE() typedef struct IcoInfo { HICON hIcon; /* icon handle returned by LoadIcon. */ unsigned id; /* Identifier for command; used to * cancel it. */ Tcl_Obj *taskbar_txt; /* text to display in the taskbar */ Tcl_Interp *interp; /* interp which created the icon */ Tcl_Obj *taskbar_command; /* command to eval if events in the taskbar * arrive */ int taskbar_flags; /* taskbar related flags*/ HWND hwndFocus; struct IcoInfo *nextPtr; } IcoInfo; /* Per-interp struture */ typedef struct IcoInterpInfo { |
︙ | ︙ | |||
98 99 100 101 102 103 104 | RECT Rect, LPLPICONIMAGE lpIcon) { int x, y; /* Sanity checks */ if (lpIcon == NULL) | | | | | | | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 | RECT Rect, LPLPICONIMAGE lpIcon) { int x, y; /* Sanity checks */ if (lpIcon == NULL) return FALSE; if (lpIcon->lpBits == NULL) return FALSE; /* Account for height*2 thing */ lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight /= 2; /* Locate it */ x = Rect.left + ((RectWidth(Rect) - lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth) / 2); y = Rect.top + ((RectHeight(Rect) - lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight) / 2); /* Blast it to the screen */ SetDIBitsToDevice(hDC, x, y, lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth, lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight, 0, 0, 0, lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight, lpIcon->lpXOR, lpIcon->lpbi, DIB_RGB_COLORS); /* UnAccount for height*2 thing */ lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight *= 2; return TRUE; } |
︙ | ︙ | |||
149 150 151 152 153 154 155 | LPLPICONIMAGE lpIcon) { LPBITMAPINFO lpbi; int x, y; /* Sanity checks */ if (lpIcon == NULL) | | | | 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 | LPLPICONIMAGE lpIcon) { LPBITMAPINFO lpbi; int x, y; /* Sanity checks */ if (lpIcon == NULL) return FALSE; if (lpIcon->lpBits == NULL) return FALSE; /* Need a bitmap header for the mono mask */ lpbi = ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFO) + (2 * sizeof(RGBQUAD))); lpbi->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth = lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth; lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight = lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight / 2; lpbi->bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 | /* Locate it */ x = Rect.left + ((RectWidth(Rect) - lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth) / 2); y = Rect.top + ((RectHeight(Rect) - lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight) / 2); /* Blast it to the screen */ SetDIBitsToDevice(hDC, x, y, | | | | | | 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 | /* Locate it */ x = Rect.left + ((RectWidth(Rect) - lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth) / 2); y = Rect.top + ((RectHeight(Rect) - lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight) / 2); /* Blast it to the screen */ SetDIBitsToDevice(hDC, x, y, lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth, lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight, 0, 0, 0, lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight, lpIcon->lpAND, lpbi, DIB_RGB_COLORS); /* clean up */ ckfree(lpbi); return TRUE; } #endif /* ICO_DRAW */ |
︙ | ︙ | |||
226 227 228 229 230 231 232 | ni.hWnd = icoInterpPtr->hwnd; ni.uID = icoPtr->id; ni.uFlags = NIF_ICON | NIF_TIP | NIF_MESSAGE; ni.uCallbackMessage = ICON_MESSAGE; ni.hIcon = icoPtr->hIcon; if (icoPtr->taskbar_txt != NULL) { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 | ni.hWnd = icoInterpPtr->hwnd; ni.uID = icoPtr->id; ni.uFlags = NIF_ICON | NIF_TIP | NIF_MESSAGE; ni.uCallbackMessage = ICON_MESSAGE; ni.hIcon = icoPtr->hIcon; if (icoPtr->taskbar_txt != NULL) { Tcl_DString dst; Tcl_DStringInit(&dst); str = (WCHAR *)Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(Tcl_GetString(icoPtr->taskbar_txt), TCL_INDEX_NONE, &dst); wcsncpy(ni.szTip, str, (Tcl_DStringLength(&dst) + 2) / 2); Tcl_DStringFree(&dst); } else { ni.szTip[0] = 0; } if (Shell_NotifyIconW(oper, &ni) == 1) { if (oper == NIM_ADD || oper == NIM_MODIFY) { icoPtr->taskbar_flags |= TASKBAR_ICON; } if (oper == NIM_DELETE) { icoPtr->taskbar_flags &= ~TASKBAR_ICON; } } /* Silently ignore error? */ return TCL_OK; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
308 309 310 311 312 313 314 | static void FreeIcoPtr( IcoInterpInfo *icoInterpPtr, IcoInfo *icoPtr) { IcoInfo *prevPtr; if (icoInterpPtr->firstIcoPtr == icoPtr) { | | | | | | | | | | | 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 | static void FreeIcoPtr( IcoInterpInfo *icoInterpPtr, IcoInfo *icoPtr) { IcoInfo *prevPtr; if (icoInterpPtr->firstIcoPtr == icoPtr) { icoInterpPtr->firstIcoPtr = icoPtr->nextPtr; } else { for (prevPtr = icoInterpPtr->firstIcoPtr; prevPtr->nextPtr != icoPtr; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) { /* Empty loop body. */ } prevPtr->nextPtr = icoPtr->nextPtr; } if (icoPtr->taskbar_flags & TASKBAR_ICON) { TaskbarOperation(icoInterpPtr, icoPtr, NIM_DELETE); } if (icoPtr->taskbar_txt != NULL) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(icoPtr->taskbar_txt); } if (icoPtr->taskbar_command != NULL) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(icoPtr->taskbar_command); } ckfree(icoPtr); } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * |
︙ | ︙ | |||
356 357 358 359 360 361 362 | { IcoInfo *icoPtr; unsigned id; const char *start; char *end; if (strncmp(string, "ico#", 4) != 0) { | | | | | | | | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 | { IcoInfo *icoPtr; unsigned id; const char *start; char *end; if (strncmp(string, "ico#", 4) != 0) { goto notfound; } start = string + 4; id = strtoul(start, &end, 10); if ((end == start) || (*end != 0)) { goto notfound; } for (icoPtr = icoInterpPtr->firstIcoPtr; icoPtr != NULL; icoPtr = icoPtr->nextPtr) { if (icoPtr->id == id) { return icoPtr; } } notfound: Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "icon \"", string, "\" doesn't exist", NULL); return NULL; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * GetInt -- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
462 463 464 465 466 467 468 | #define SPACELEFT (*aftersize-(dst-after)-1) #define AFTERLEN ((*aftersize>0)?(*aftersize*2):1024) #define ALLOCLEN ((len>AFTERLEN)?(len*2):AFTERLEN) char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 5]; char* dst; dst = after; while (*before) { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 | #define SPACELEFT (*aftersize-(dst-after)-1) #define AFTERLEN ((*aftersize>0)?(*aftersize*2):1024) #define ALLOCLEN ((len>AFTERLEN)?(len*2):AFTERLEN) char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 5]; char* dst; dst = after; while (*before) { const char *ptr = before; int len = 1; if(*before == '%') { switch(before[1]){ case 'M': case 'm': { before++; len = strlen(msgstring); ptr = msgstring; break; } /* case 'W': { before++; len = (int)strlen(winstring); ptr = winstring; break; } */ case 'i': { before++; snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1, "ico#%d", icoPtr->id); len = strlen(buffer); ptr = buffer; break; } case 'w': { before++; len = GetInt((long)wParam,buffer, sizeof(buffer)); ptr = buffer; break; } case 'l': { before++; len = GetInt((long)lParam,buffer, sizeof(buffer)); ptr = buffer; break; } case 't': { before++; len = GetInt((long)GetTickCount(), buffer, sizeof(buffer)); ptr = buffer; break; } case 'x': { POINT pt; GetCursorPos(&pt); before++; len = GetIntDec((long)pt.x, buffer, sizeof(buffer)); ptr = buffer; break; } case 'y': { POINT pt; GetCursorPos(&pt); before++; len = GetIntDec((long)pt.y,buffer, sizeof(buffer)); ptr = buffer; break; } case 'X': { DWORD dw; dw = GetMessagePos(); before++; len = GetIntDec((long)LOWORD(dw),buffer, sizeof(buffer)); ptr = buffer; break; } case 'Y': { DWORD dw; dw = GetMessagePos(); before++; len = GetIntDec((long)HIWORD(dw),buffer, sizeof(buffer)); ptr = buffer; break; } case 'H': { before++; len = GetInt(PTR2INT(icoPtr->hwndFocus), buffer, sizeof(buffer)); ptr = buffer; break; } case '%': { before++; len = 1; ptr = "%"; break; } } } if (SPACELEFT < len) { char *newspace; ptrdiff_t dist = dst - after; int alloclen = ALLOCLEN; newspace = (char *)ckalloc(alloclen); if (dist>0) memcpy(newspace, after, dist); if (after && *aftersize) { ckfree(after); } *aftersize =alloclen; after = newspace; dst = after + dist; } if (len > 0) { memcpy(dst, ptr, len); } dst += len; if ((dst-after)>(*aftersize-1)) { printf("oops\n"); } before++; } *dst = 0; return after; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
608 609 610 611 612 613 614 | char evalspace[200]; int evalsize = 200; char *expanded; int fixup = 0; switch (lParam) { case WM_MOUSEMOVE: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 | char evalspace[200]; int evalsize = 200; char *expanded; int fixup = 0; switch (lParam) { case WM_MOUSEMOVE: msgstring = "WM_MOUSEMOVE"; icoPtr->hwndFocus = GetFocus(); break; case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: msgstring = "WM_LBUTTONDOWN"; fixup = 1; break; case WM_LBUTTONUP: msgstring = "WM_LBUTTONUP"; fixup = 1; break; case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: msgstring = "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK"; fixup = 1; break; case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: msgstring = "WM_RBUTTONDOWN"; fixup = 1; break; case WM_RBUTTONUP: msgstring = "WM_RBUTTONUP"; fixup = 1; break; case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: msgstring = "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK"; fixup = 1; break; case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: msgstring = "WM_MBUTTONDOWN"; fixup = 1; break; case WM_MBUTTONUP: msgstring = "WM_MBUTTONUP"; fixup = 1; break; case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: msgstring = "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK"; fixup = 1; break; default: msgstring = "WM_NULL"; fixup = 0; } expanded = TaskbarExpandPercents(icoPtr, msgstring, wParam, lParam, Tcl_GetString(icoPtr->taskbar_command), evalspace, &evalsize); if (icoPtr->interp != NULL) { int result; HWND hwnd = NULL; /* See http://support.microsoft.com/kb/q135788/ * Seems to have moved to https://www.betaarchive.com/wiki/index.php/Microsoft_KB_Archive/135788 */ if (fixup) { if (icoPtr->hwndFocus != NULL && IsWindow(icoPtr->hwndFocus)) { hwnd = icoPtr->hwndFocus; } else { Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(icoPtr->interp); if (tkwin != NULL) { hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); } } if (hwnd != NULL) { SetForegroundWindow(hwnd); } } result = Tcl_GlobalEval(icoPtr->interp, expanded); if (hwnd != NULL) { /* See http://support.microsoft.com/kb/q135788/ * Seems to have moved to https://www.betaarchive.com/wiki/index.php/Microsoft_KB_Archive/135788 */ PostMessageW(hwnd, WM_NULL, 0, 0); } if (result != TCL_OK) { char buffer[100]; snprintf(buffer, 100, "\n (command bound to taskbar-icon ico#%d)", icoPtr->id); Tcl_AddErrorInfo(icoPtr->interp, buffer); Tcl_BackgroundError(icoPtr->interp); } } if (expanded != evalspace) { ckfree(expanded); } } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TaskbarHandlerProc -- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
722 723 724 725 726 727 728 | { static UINT msgTaskbarCreated = 0; IcoInterpInfo *icoInterpPtr; IcoInfo *icoPtr; switch (message) { case WM_CREATE: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 | { static UINT msgTaskbarCreated = 0; IcoInterpInfo *icoInterpPtr; IcoInfo *icoPtr; switch (message) { case WM_CREATE: msgTaskbarCreated = RegisterWindowMessage(TEXT("TaskbarCreated")); break; case ICON_MESSAGE: for (icoInterpPtr = firstIcoInterpPtr; icoInterpPtr != NULL; icoInterpPtr = icoInterpPtr->nextPtr) { if (icoInterpPtr->hwnd == hwnd) { for (icoPtr = icoInterpPtr->firstIcoPtr; icoPtr != NULL; icoPtr = icoPtr->nextPtr) { if (icoPtr->id == wParam) { if (icoPtr->taskbar_command != NULL) { TaskbarEval(icoPtr, wParam, lParam); } break; } } break; } } break; default: /* * Check to see if explorer has been restarted and we need to * re-add our icons. */ if (message == msgTaskbarCreated) { for (icoInterpPtr = firstIcoInterpPtr; icoInterpPtr != NULL; icoInterpPtr = icoInterpPtr->nextPtr) { if (icoInterpPtr->hwnd == hwnd) { for (icoPtr = icoInterpPtr->firstIcoPtr; icoPtr != NULL; icoPtr = icoPtr->nextPtr) { if (icoPtr->taskbar_flags & TASKBAR_ICON) { TaskbarOperation(icoInterpPtr, icoPtr, NIM_ADD); } } break; } } } return DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); } return 0; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * |
︙ | ︙ | |||
819 820 821 822 823 824 825 | */ static HWND CreateTaskbarHandlerWindow(void) { static int registered = 0; HINSTANCE hInstance = GETHINSTANCE; if (!registered) { | | | | | | 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 | */ static HWND CreateTaskbarHandlerWindow(void) { static int registered = 0; HINSTANCE hInstance = GETHINSTANCE; if (!registered) { if (!RegisterHandlerClass(hInstance)) return 0; registered = 1; } return CreateWindow(HANDLER_CLASS, "", WS_OVERLAPPED, 0, 0, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, NULL, NULL, hInstance, NULL); } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * WinIcoDestroy -- * |
︙ | ︙ | |||
856 857 858 859 860 861 862 | { IcoInterpInfo *icoInterpPtr = (IcoInterpInfo*) clientData; IcoInterpInfo *prevIcoInterpPtr; IcoInfo *icoPtr; IcoInfo *nextPtr; if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) { | | | | | | | | | | | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 | { IcoInterpInfo *icoInterpPtr = (IcoInterpInfo*) clientData; IcoInterpInfo *prevIcoInterpPtr; IcoInfo *icoPtr; IcoInfo *nextPtr; if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) { return; } if (firstIcoInterpPtr == icoInterpPtr) { firstIcoInterpPtr = icoInterpPtr->nextPtr; } else { for (prevIcoInterpPtr = firstIcoInterpPtr; prevIcoInterpPtr->nextPtr != icoInterpPtr; prevIcoInterpPtr = prevIcoInterpPtr->nextPtr) { /* Empty loop body. */ } prevIcoInterpPtr->nextPtr = icoInterpPtr->nextPtr; } DestroyWindow(icoInterpPtr->hwnd); for (icoPtr = icoInterpPtr->firstIcoPtr; icoPtr != NULL; icoPtr = nextPtr) { nextPtr = icoPtr->nextPtr; FreeIcoPtr(icoInterpPtr, icoPtr); } ckfree(icoInterpPtr); } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * |
︙ | ︙ | |||
901 902 903 904 905 906 907 | WinSystrayCmd( void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { static const char *const cmdStrings[] = { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 | WinSystrayCmd( void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { static const char *const cmdStrings[] = { "add", "delete", "modify", NULL }; enum { CMD_ADD, CMD_DELETE, CMD_MODIFY }; static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-callback", "-image", "-text", NULL }; enum { OPT_CALLBACK, OPT_IMAGE, OPT_TEXT }; int cmd, opt; HICON hIcon; int i; IcoInterpInfo *icoInterpPtr = (IcoInterpInfo*) clientData; IcoInfo *icoPtr = NULL; if (objc < 2) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "command ..."); return TCL_ERROR; } if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], cmdStrings, "command", 0, &cmd) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } switch (cmd) { case CMD_ADD: case CMD_MODIFY: { Tcl_Obj *imageObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL, *callbackObj = NULL; int optStart; int oper; if (cmd == CMD_ADD) { optStart = 2; oper = NIM_ADD; } else { optStart = 3; oper = NIM_MODIFY; if (objc != 5) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "id option value"); return TCL_ERROR; } icoPtr = GetIcoPtr(interp, icoInterpPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2])); if (icoPtr == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } } for (i = optStart; i < objc; i += 2) { if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option", 0, &opt) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (i+1 >= objc) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing value for option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } switch (opt) { case OPT_IMAGE: imageObj = objv[i+1]; break; case OPT_TEXT: textObj = objv[i+1]; break; case OPT_CALLBACK: callbackObj = objv[i+1]; break; } } if (cmd == CMD_ADD && imageObj == NULL) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("missing required option \"-image\"", TCL_INDEX_NONE)); return TCL_ERROR; } if (imageObj != NULL) { Tk_PhotoHandle photo; int width, height; Tk_PhotoImageBlock block; photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(imageObj)); if (photo == NULL) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "image \"%s\" doesn't exist", Tcl_GetString(imageObj))); return TCL_ERROR; } Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height); Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block); hIcon = CreateIcoFromPhoto(width, height, block); if (hIcon == NULL) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "failed to create an iconphoto with image \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(imageObj))); return TCL_ERROR; } } if (cmd == CMD_ADD) { icoPtr = NewIcon(interp, icoInterpPtr, hIcon); } else { if (imageObj != NULL) { DestroyIcon(icoPtr->hIcon); icoPtr->hIcon = hIcon; } } if (callbackObj != NULL) { if (icoPtr->taskbar_command != NULL) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(icoPtr->taskbar_command); } icoPtr->taskbar_command = callbackObj; Tcl_IncrRefCount(icoPtr->taskbar_command); } if (textObj != NULL) { if (icoPtr->taskbar_txt != NULL) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(icoPtr->taskbar_txt); } icoPtr->taskbar_txt = textObj; Tcl_IncrRefCount(icoPtr->taskbar_txt); } TaskbarOperation(icoInterpPtr, icoPtr, oper); if (cmd == CMD_ADD) { char buffer[5 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; int n; n = snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1, "ico#%d", icoPtr->id); buffer[n] = 0; Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buffer, n)); } return TCL_OK; } case CMD_DELETE: if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "id"); return TCL_ERROR; } icoPtr = GetIcoPtr(interp, icoInterpPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2])); if (icoPtr == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } FreeIcoPtr(icoInterpPtr, icoPtr); return TCL_OK; } return TCL_OK; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 | Tcl_DString infodst; Tcl_DString titledst; NOTIFYICONDATAW ni; char *msgtitle; char *msginfo; if (objc < 2) { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 | Tcl_DString infodst; Tcl_DString titledst; NOTIFYICONDATAW ni; char *msgtitle; char *msginfo; if (objc < 2) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "command ..."); return TCL_ERROR; } if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "notify") != 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown subcommand \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "\": must be notify", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (objc != 5) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "id title detail"); return TCL_ERROR; } icoPtr = GetIcoPtr(interp, icoInterpPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2])); if (icoPtr == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } ni.cbSize = sizeof(NOTIFYICONDATAW); ni.hWnd = icoInterpPtr->hwnd; ni.uID = icoPtr->id; ni.uFlags = NIF_INFO; ni.uCallbackMessage = ICON_MESSAGE; ni.hIcon = icoPtr->hIcon; ni.dwInfoFlags = NIIF_INFO; /* Use a sane platform-specific icon here.*/ msgtitle = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); msginfo = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]); /* Balloon notification for system tray icon. */ if (msgtitle != NULL) { WCHAR *title; Tcl_DStringInit(&titledst); title = Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(msgtitle, TCL_INDEX_NONE, &titledst); wcsncpy(ni.szInfoTitle, title, (Tcl_DStringLength(&titledst) + 2) / 2); Tcl_DStringFree(&titledst); } if (msginfo != NULL) { WCHAR *info; Tcl_DStringInit(&infodst); info = Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(msginfo, TCL_INDEX_NONE, &infodst); wcsncpy(ni.szInfo, info, (Tcl_DStringLength(&infodst) + 2) / 2); Tcl_DStringFree(&infodst); } Shell_NotifyIconW(NIM_MODIFY, &ni); return TCL_OK; } /* |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 | Tcl_Interp *interp) { IcoInterpInfo *icoInterpPtr; Tk_Window mainWindow; mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp); if (mainWindow == NULL) { | | | | | | | 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 | Tcl_Interp *interp) { IcoInterpInfo *icoInterpPtr; Tk_Window mainWindow; mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp); if (mainWindow == NULL) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("main window has been destroyed", TCL_INDEX_NONE)); return TCL_ERROR; } icoInterpPtr = (IcoInterpInfo*) ckalloc(sizeof(IcoInterpInfo)); icoInterpPtr->counter = 0; icoInterpPtr->firstIcoPtr = NULL; icoInterpPtr->hwnd = CreateTaskbarHandlerWindow(); icoInterpPtr->nextPtr = firstIcoInterpPtr; firstIcoInterpPtr = icoInterpPtr; Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::systray::_systray", WinSystrayCmd, icoInterpPtr, NULL); Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::sysnotify::_sysnotify", WinSysNotifyCmd, icoInterpPtr, NULL); Tk_CreateEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask, WinIcoDestroy, icoInterpPtr); return TCL_OK; } /* * Local variables: * mode: c * indent-tabs-mode: nil * End: */ |
Changes to win/tkWinTest.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
94 95 96 97 98 99 100 | */ HWND TestFindControl(HWND root, int id) { struct TestFindControlState fcs; fcs.control = GetDlgItem(root, id); if (fcs.control == NULL) { | | | | | | 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 | */ HWND TestFindControl(HWND root, int id) { struct TestFindControlState fcs; fcs.control = GetDlgItem(root, id); if (fcs.control == NULL) { /* Control is not a direct child. Look in descendents */ fcs.id = id; fcs.control = NULL; EnumChildWindows(root, TestFindControlCallback, (LPARAM) &fcs); } return fcs.control; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
︙ | ︙ | |||
356 357 358 359 360 361 362 | case WM_GETTEXT: { Tcl_DString ds; char buf[256]; #if 0 GetDlgItemTextA(hwnd, id, buf, 256); #else | | | | | | | | | | | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 | case WM_GETTEXT: { Tcl_DString ds; char buf[256]; #if 0 GetDlgItemTextA(hwnd, id, buf, 256); #else control = TestFindControl(hwnd, id); if (control == NULL) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("Could not find control with id %d", id)); return TCL_ERROR; } buf[0] = 0; SendMessageA(control, WM_GETTEXT, (WPARAM)sizeof(buf), (LPARAM) buf); #endif Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, buf, TCL_INDEX_NONE, &ds), NULL); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); break; } case WM_SETTEXT: { Tcl_DString ds; |
︙ | ︙ | |||
439 440 441 442 443 444 445 | int r = TCL_OK; DWORD myPid; Tcl_DStringInit(&classString); Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString); if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 | int r = TCL_OK; DWORD myPid; Tcl_DStringInit(&classString); Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString); if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "title ?class?"); return TCL_ERROR; } Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString); title = Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), TCL_INDEX_NONE, &titleString); if (objc == 3) { Tcl_DStringInit(&classString); windowClass = Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TCL_INDEX_NONE, &classString); } if (title[0] == 0) title = NULL; /* We want find a window the belongs to us and not some other process */ hwnd = NULL; myPid = GetCurrentProcessId(); while (1) { DWORD pid, tid; hwnd = FindWindowExW(NULL, hwnd, windowClass, title); if (hwnd == NULL) break; tid = GetWindowThreadProcessId(hwnd, &pid); if (tid == 0) { /* Window has gone */ hwnd = NULL; break; } if (pid == myPid) break; /* Found it */ } if (hwnd == NULL) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", TCL_INDEX_NONE)); AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError()); r = TCL_ERROR; } else { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(hwnd))); } Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); Tcl_DStringFree(&classString); return r; } |
︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinX.c.
︙ | ︙ | |||
802 803 804 805 806 807 808 | case TK_SETMENU: case TK_STATE: case TK_INFO: result = TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); break; case WM_UNICHAR: | | | | | | 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 | case TK_SETMENU: case TK_STATE: case TK_INFO: result = TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); break; case WM_UNICHAR: if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR) { /* If wParam is UNICODE_NOCHAR and the application processes * this message, then return TRUE. */ result = 1; } else { /* If the event was translated, we must return 0 */ if (TkTranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { result = 0; } else { result = 1; } } break; default: if (!TkTranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
︙ | ︙ | |||
868 869 870 871 872 873 874 | if (winPtr) { TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, wParam); } return 1; } case WM_RENDERALLFORMATS: { | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 | if (winPtr) { TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, wParam); } return 1; } case WM_RENDERALLFORMATS: { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); if (winPtr && OpenClipboard(hwnd)) { /* * Make sure that nobody had taken ownership of the clipboard * before we opened it. */ if (GetClipboardOwner() == hwnd) { TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, CF_TEXT); } CloseClipboard(); } return 1; } case WM_COMMAND: case WM_NOTIFY: case WM_VSCROLL: case WM_HSCROLL: { /* |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 | * MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage call. */ event.x.type = KeyPress; event.x.xany.send_event = -1; event.x.xkey.keycode = wParam; GetTranslatedKey(&event.key, (message == WM_KEYDOWN) ? WM_CHAR : | | | 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 | * MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage call. */ event.x.type = KeyPress; event.x.xany.send_event = -1; event.x.xkey.keycode = wParam; GetTranslatedKey(&event.key, (message == WM_KEYDOWN) ? WM_CHAR : WM_SYSCHAR); break; case WM_SYSKEYUP: case WM_KEYUP: /* * We don't check for translated characters on keyup because Tk * won't know what to do with them. Instead, we wait for the |
︙ | ︙ | |||
1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 | event.key.nbytes = 1; event.key.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam; if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) { MSG msg; if ((PeekMessageW(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR, | | | 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 | event.key.nbytes = 1; event.key.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam; if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) { MSG msg; if ((PeekMessageW(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR, PM_NOREMOVE) != 0) && (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) { GetMessageW(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR); event.key.nbytes = 2; event.key.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam; } } } |
︙ | ︙ |